diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:28:54 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:28:54 -0700 |
| commit | c6bff56eb6bb0d35d1a60db891f85d8a6abd3518 (patch) | |
| tree | e7ddc17e9f57bbd2c58c75dae8ec3d37d0df6813 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 7088-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 56020 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 7088-h/7088-h.htm | 3977 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 7088.txt | 3241 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 7088.zip | bin | 0 -> 53575 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/pilos10.txt | 3388 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/pilos10.zip | bin | 0 -> 54636 bytes |
9 files changed, 10622 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/7088-h.zip b/7088-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f1f763 --- /dev/null +++ b/7088-h.zip diff --git a/7088-h/7088-h.htm b/7088-h/7088-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8aa21b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/7088-h/7088-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,3977 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="us-ascii"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> + <head> + <title> + The Pilgrim's Progress in Words of One Syllable, by Mary Godolphin + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; + margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; + text-align: right;} + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> + </head> + <body> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Pilgrim's Progress in Words of One +Syllable, by Mary Godolphin + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Pilgrim's Progress in Words of One Syllable + +Author: Mary Godolphin + +Release Date: May 1, 2009 [EBook #7088] +Last Updated: January 25, 2013 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PILGRIM'S PROGRESS *** + + + + +Produced by Bruce W. Miller, and David Widger + + + + + + +</pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <h1> + THE PILGRIM'S PROGRESS<br /><br /> IN WORDS OF ONE SYLLABLE + </h1> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <h2> + by Mary Godolphin + </h2> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h2> + Contents + </h2> + <table summary="" style="margin-right: auto; margin-left: auto"> + <tr> + <td> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0001"> AUTHOR'S PREFACE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0002"> PILGRIM'S PROGRESS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_PART"> PART I. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_PART2"> PART II. </a> + </p> + </td> + </tr> + </table> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> <a name="link2H_4_0001" id="link2H_4_0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <h2> + AUTHOR'S PREFACE + </h2> + <p> + In offering to the public another volume on my plan of reducing popular + tales into words of One Syllable exclusively, I wish it to be clearly + understood that it is intended for Adult Beginners, no less than for + Children. There is a large class of persons who do not begin to acquire + the art of reading till somewhat late in life, and it is for such that I + think a book of this Character is peculiarly applicable. + </p> + <p> + It may be objected that my system involves the use of words which, though + short, are difficult to understand and might be made more intelligible in + polysyllabic language. But I have endeavored as far as possible to avoid + hard and technical expressions, and I cannot but think that the mere fact + of the brevity of the words must be a great attraction to beginners of all + ages. By this method the labor of dividing and accentuating words is + avoided: a difficulty which pupils who have only attained to the knowledge + of monosyllables cannot conquer by independent effort. + </p> + <p> + I take this opportunity of acknowledging the great favor with which my + previous books of the same character have been received, and I am glad to + hear that they have been found useful as Prizes in Schools. + </p> + <p> + I have thought it necessary to retain all the names of Persons and Places + in their original form, but this is the only exception to my general rule. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0002" id="link2H_4_0002"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + PILGRIM'S PROGRESS + </h2> + <p> + <a name="link2H_PART" id="link2H_PART"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + PART I. + </h2> + <p> + As I went through the wild waste of this world, I came to a place where + there was a den, and I lay down in it to sleep. While I slept I had a + dream, and lo! I saw a man whose clothes were in rags and he stood with + his face from his own house, with a book in his hand, and a great load on + his back. I saw him read from the leaves of a book, and as he read, he + wept and shook with fear; and at length he broke out with a loud cry, and + said, What shall I do to save my soul? + </p> + <p> + So in this plight he went home, and as long as he could he held his peace, + that his wife and babes should not see his grief. But at length he told + them his mind, and thus he spoke, O my dear wife, and you my babes, I, + your dear friend, am full of woe, for a load lies hard on me; and more + than this, I have been told that our town will be burnt with fire, in + which I, you my wife, and you my sweet babes, shall be lost, if means be + not found to save us. + </p> + <p> + This sad tale struck all who heard him with awe, not that they thought + what he said to them was true, but that they had fears that some weight + must be on his mind; so, as night now drew near, they were in hopes that + sleep might soothe his brain, and with all haste they got him to bed. + </p> + <p> + When the morn broke, they sought to know how he did? He told them, Worse + and worse; and he set to talk once more in the same strain as he had done; + but they took no heed of it. By and by, to drive off his fit, they spoke + harsh words to him; at times they would laugh, at times they would chide, + and then set him at nought. So he went to his room to pray for them, as + well as to nurse his own grief. He would go, too, into the woods to read + and muse, and thus for some weeks he spent his time. + </p> + <p> + Now I saw, in my dream, that one day as he took his walk in the fields + with his book in his hand, he gave a groan,—for he felt as if a + cloud were on his soul,—and he burst out as he was wont to do, and + said, Who will save me? I saw, too, that he gave wild looks this way and + that, as if he would rush off; yet he stood still, for he could not tell + which way to go. At last, a man, whose name was Evangelist, came up to him + and said, Why dost thou weep? + </p> + <p> + He said, Sir, I see by this book in my hand that I am to die, and that + then God will judge me. Now I dread to die. + </p> + <p> + Evangelist.—Why do you fear to die, since this life is fraught with + woe? + </p> + <p> + The man said, I fear lest a hard doom should wait me, and that this load + on my back will make me sink down, till at last, I shall find I am in + Tophet. + </p> + <p> + If this be your case, said Evangelist, why do you stand still? + </p> + <p> + But the man said, I know not where to go. + </p> + <p> + Then he gave him a scroll with these words on it, Fly from the wrath to + come. + </p> + <p> + When the man read it he said, Which way must I fly? + </p> + <p> + Evangelist held out his hand to point to a gate in the wide field, and + said, Do you see the Wicket Gate? + </p> + <p> + The man said, No. + </p> + <p> + Do you see that light? + </p> + <p> + He then said, I think I do. + </p> + <p> + Keep that light in your eye, quoth Evangelist, and go straight up to it; + so shall you see the gate, at which, when you knock, it shall be told you + what you are to do. + </p> + <p> + Then I saw in my dream that Christian—for that was his name—set + off to run. + </p> + <p> + Now he had not gone far from his own door, when his wife and young ones, + who saw him, gave a loud wail to beg of him to come back; but the man put + his hands to his ears, and ran on with a cry of Life! Life! The friends of + his wife, too, came out to see him run, and as he went, some were heard to + mock him, some to use threats, and there were two who set off to fetch him + back by force, the names of whom were Obstinate and Pliable. Now, by this + time, the man had gone a good way off, but at last they came up to him. + </p> + <p> + Then said Christian, Friends, why are you come? + </p> + <p> + To bid you go back with us, said they. + </p> + <p> + But, quoth he, that can by no means be; you dwell in the City of + Destruction, the place where I, too, was born. I know it to be so, and + there you will die and sink down to a place which burns with fire; be + wise, good friends, and come with me. + </p> + <p> + What! and leave our good, and all out kith and kin? + </p> + <p> + Yes, said Christian, for that all which you might leave is but a grain to + that which I seek, and if you will go with me and hold it firm, you shall + fare as well as I; for there, where I go, you will find all you want and + to spare. Come with me, and prove my words. + </p> + <p> + Obstinate.—What are the things you seek, since you leave all the + world to find them? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—I seek those joys that fade not, which are laid up in a + place of bliss—safe there for those who go in search of them. Read + it so, if you will, in my book. + </p> + <p> + Obstinate.—Tush! Off with your book. Will you go back with us or no? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—No, not I, for I have laid my hand to the plough. + </p> + <p> + Obstinate.—Come, friend Pliable, let us turn back and leave him; + there is a troop of such fools who, when they take up with a whim by the + end, are more wise in their own eyes than ten men who know how to think. + </p> + <p> + Pliable.—Nay, do not scorn him; if what the good Christian says is + true, the things he looks to are of more worth than ours: my heart leans + to what he says. + </p> + <p> + Obstinate.—What! more fools still! Go back, go back, and be wise. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Nay, but do you come with your friend Pliable; there are + such things to be had as those I just spoke of, and more too. If you give + no heed to me, read here in this book which comes to us from God, who + could not lie. + </p> + <p> + Pliable.—Well, friend Obstinate, I think now I have come to a point; + and I mean to go with this good man, and to cast my lot in with his. Then + said he to Christian, Do you know the way to the place you speak of? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—I am told by a man whose name is Evangelist, to do my + best to reach a gate that is in front of us, where I shall be told how to + find the way. + </p> + <p> + So they went on side by side. + </p> + <p> + Obstinate.—And I will go back to my place; I will not be one of such + vain folk. + </p> + <p> + Now I saw in my dream, that when Obstinate was gone back, Christian and + Pliable set off to cross the plain, and they spoke thus as they went:— + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Well, Pliable, how do you do now? I am glad you have a + mind to go with me. + </p> + <p> + Pliable.—Come, friend Christian, since there are none but we two + here, tell me more of the things of which we go in search. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—I can find them in my heart, though I know not how to + speak of them with my tongue; but yet, since you wish to know, this book + tells us of a world that hast no bounds, and a life that has no end. + </p> + <p> + Pliable.—Well said, and what else? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—That there are crowns of light in store for us, and robes + that will make us shine like the sun. + </p> + <p> + Pliable.—This, too, is good; and what else? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—That there shall be no more care nor grief for he that + owns the place will wipe all tears from our eyes. + </p> + <p> + Pliable.—And what friends shall we find there? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—There we shall be with all the saints, in robes so bright + that our eyes will grow dim to look on them. There shall we meet those who + in this world have stood out for the faith, and have been burnt on the + stake, and thrown to wild beasts, for the love they bore to the Lord. They + will not harm us, but will greet us with love, for they all walk in the + sight of God. + </p> + <p> + Pliable.—But how shall we get to share all this? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—The Lord of that land saith, if we wish to gain that + world we shall be free to have it. + </p> + <p> + Pliable.—Well, my good friend, glad am I to hear of these thing: + come on, let us mend our pace. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—I can not go so fast as I would, for this load on my + back. + </p> + <p> + Then I saw in my dream that just as they had come to an end of this talk, + they drew near to a slough that was in the midst of the plain, and as they + took no heed, they both fell in. The name of the slough was Despond. Here + they lay for a time in the mud; and the load that Christian had on his + back made him sink all the more in the mire. + </p> + <p> + Pliable.—Ah! friend Christian, where are you now? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—In truth, I do no know. + </p> + <p> + Then Pliable said to his friend, Is this the bliss of which you have told + me all this while? If we have such ill speed when we first set out, what + may we look for twixt this and the end of our way? And with that he got + out of the mire on that side of the slough which was next to his own + house; then off he went, and Christian saw him no more. + </p> + <p> + So Christian was left to strive in the Slough of Despond as well as he + could; yet his aim was to reach that side of the slough that was next The + Wicket Gate, which at last he did, but he could not get out for the load + that was on his back; till I saw in my dream that a man came to him whose + name was Help. + </p> + <p> + What do you do here? said Help. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—I was bid to go this way by Evangelist, who told me to + pass up to yon gate, that I might flee from the wrath to come, and on my + way to it I fell in here. + </p> + <p> + Help.—But why did you not look for the steps? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Fear came so hard on me that I fled the next way and fell + in. + </p> + <p> + Help.—Give me your hand. + </p> + <p> + So he gave him his hand, and he drew him out, and set him on firm ground, + and bade him go on his way. + </p> + <p> + Then in my dream I went up to Help and said to him, Sir, since this place + is on the way from The City of Destruction to The Wicket Gate, how is it + that no one mends this patch of ground, so that those who come by may not + fall in the slough? + </p> + <p> + Help.—This slough is such a place as no one can mend. It is the spot + to which doth run the scum and filth that wait on sin, and that is why men + call it the Slough of Despond. When the man of sin wakes up to a sense of + his own lost state, doubts and fears rise up in his soul, and all of them + drain down and sink in this place: and it is this that makes the ground so + bad. True there are good and sound steps in the midst of the slough, but + at times it is hard to see them; or if they be seen, men's heads are so + dull that they step on one side, and fall in the mire. But the ground is + good when they have once got in at the gate. + </p> + <p> + Now I saw in my dream that by this time Pliable had gone back to his house + once more, and that his friends came to see him: some said how wise it was + to come home, and some that he was a fool to have gone. Some, too, were + found to mock him, who said—Well, had I set out, I would not have + been so base as to come back for a slough in the road. So Pliable was left + to sneak off; but at last he got more heart, and then all were heard to + turn their taunts, and laugh at poor Christian. Thus much for Pliable. + </p> + <p> + Now as Christian went on his way he saw a man come through the field to + meet him, whose name was Mr. Worldly Wiseman, and he dwelt in the town of + Carnal Policy, which was near that whence Christian came. He had heard + some news of Christian; for his flight from The City of Destruction had + made much noise, and was now the talk far and near. So he said, How now, + good Sir, where do you go with such a load on your back? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—In truth, it is a load; and if you ask me where I go, I + must tell you, Sir, I must go the The Wicket Gate in front of me, for + there I shall be put in a way to get quit of my load. + </p> + <p> + Worldly Wiseman.—Have you not a wife and babes? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Yes, but with this load I do not seem to care for them as + I did; and, in truth, I feel as if I had none. + </p> + <p> + Worldly Wiseman.—Will you hear me if I speak my mind to you? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—If what you say be good, I will, for I stand much in need + of help. + </p> + <p> + Worldly Wiseman.—I would urge you then, with all speed, to get rid + of your load; for you will not be at rest till then. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—That is just what I seek to do. But there is no man in + our land who can take if off me. + </p> + <p> + Worldly Wiseman.—Who bade you go this way to be rid of it? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—One that I took to be a great and true man; his name is + Evangelist. + </p> + <p> + Worldly Wiseman.—Hark at what I say: there is no worse way in the + world than that which he has sent you, and that you will find if you take + him for your guide. In this short time you have met with bad luck, for I + see the mud of the Slough of Despond is on your coat. Hear me, for I have + seen more of the world than you; in the way you go, you will meet with + pain, woe, thirst, the sword too,—in a word, death! Take no heed of + what Evangelist tells you. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Why, Sir, this load on my back is worse to me than all + those things which you speak of; nay, I care not what I meet with in the + way, if I can but get rid of my load. + </p> + <p> + Worldly Wiseman.—How did you come by it at first? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Why, I read this book. + </p> + <p> + Worldly Wiseman.—Like more weak men I know, who aim at things too + high for them you have lost heart, and run in the dark at great risk, to + gain you know not what. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—I know what I would gain, it is ease for my load. + </p> + <p> + Worldly Wiseman.—But why will you seek for ease thus, when I could + put you in the way to aid it where there would be no risk; and the cure is + at hand. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Pray, Sir, tell me what that way is. + </p> + <p> + Worldly Wiseman.—Well, in yon town, which you can see from hence—the + name of which is Morality—there dwells a man whose name is Legality, + a wise man, and a man of some rank, who has skill to help men off with + such loads as yours from their backs; I know he has done a great deal for + good in that way; aye, and he has the skill to cure those who, from the + loads they bear, are not quite sound in their wits. To him as I said, you + may go and get help. His house in but a mile from this place, and should + he not be at home, he has a son whose name is Civility, who can do it just + as well as his sire. There, I say, you may go to get rid of your load. I + would not have you go back to your old home, but you can send for your + wife and babes, and you will find that food there is cheap and good. + </p> + <p> + Now was Christian brought to a stand; but by and by he said, Sir, which is + my way to this good man's house? + </p> + <p> + Worldly Wiseman.—Do you see that hill? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Yes, I do. + </p> + <p> + Worldly Wiseman.—By that hill you must go, and the first house you + come to is his. + </p> + <p> + So Christian went out of his way to find Mr. Legality's house to seek for + help. + </p> + <p> + But, lo, when he had got close up to the hill, it was so steep and high + that he had fear lest it should fall on his head; so he stood still, for + he knew not what to do. His load, too, was of more weight to him than when + he was on the right road. Then came flames of fire out of the hill, that + made him quake for fear lest he should be burnt. And now it was a great + grief to him that he had lent his ear to Worldly Wiseman; and it was well + that he just then saw Evangelist come to meet him; though at the sight of + him he felt a deep blush on his face for shame. So Evangelist drew near, + and when he came up to him, he said, with a sad look; What dost thou here, + Christian? + </p> + <p> + To these words Christian knew not what to say, so he stood quite mute. + Then Evangelist went on thus: Art not thou the man that I heard cry in The + City of Destruction? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Yes, dear Sir, I am the man. + </p> + <p> + Evangelist.—Did not I point out to thee the way to the Wicket Gate? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Yes, you did, Sir. + </p> + <p> + Evangelist.—How is it, then, that thou hast so soon gone out of the + way? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—When I had got out of the Slough of Despond I met a man + who told me that in a town near, I might find one who could take off my + load. + </p> + <p> + Evangelist.—What was he? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—He had fair looks, and said much to me, and got me at + last to yield; so I came here. But when I saw this hill, and how steep it + was, I made a stand, lest it should fall on my head. + </p> + <p> + Evangelist.—What said the man to thee? + </p> + <p> + When Evangelist had heard from Christian all that took place, he said: + Stand still a while, that I may show thee the words of God. + </p> + <p> + So Evangelist went on to read, 'Now the just shall live by faith, but if a + man draw back, my soul shall have no joy in him.' Is not this the case + with thee? said he: Hast not thou drawn back thy feet from the way of + peace, to thine own cost; and dost thou not spurn the most high God? + </p> + <p> + Then Christian fell down at his feet as dead, and said: Woe is me! Woe is + me! + </p> + <p> + At the sight of which, Evangelist caught him by the right hand, and said: + Faith hopes all things. + </p> + <p> + Then did Christian find some peace, and stood up. + </p> + <p> + Evangelist.—I pray thee give more heed to the things that I shall + tell thee of. The Lord says, 'Strive to go in at the strait gate, the gate + to which I send thee, for strait is the gate that leads to life, and few + there be that find it.' Why didst thou set at nought the words of God, for + the sake of Mr. Worldly Wiseman? That is, in truth, the right name for + such as he. The Lord hath told thee that he who will save his life shall + lose it.' He to whom thou wast sent for ease, Legality by name, could not + set thee free; no man yet has got rid of his load through him; he could + but show thee the way to woe, for by the deeds of the law no man can be + rid of his load. So that Mr. Worldly Wiseman and his friend Mr. Legality + are false guides; and as for his son Civility, he could not help thee. + </p> + <p> + Now Christian, in great dread, could think of nought but death, and sent + forth a sad cry in grief that he had gone from the right way. Then he + spoke once more to Evangelist in these words:—Sir, what think you? + Is there hope? May I now go back, and strive to reach The Wicket Gate? I + grieve that I gave ear to this man's voice; but may my sin find grace? + </p> + <p> + Evangelist.—Thy sin is great, for thou hast gone from the way that + is good, to tread in false paths, yet will the man at the gate let thee + through, for he has love and good will for all men; but take heed that + thou turn not to the right hand or to the left. + </p> + <p> + Then did Christian make a move to go back, and Evangelist gave him a kiss + and one smile, and bade him God speed. + </p> + <p> + So he went on with haste, nor did he speak on the road; and could by no + means feel safe till he was in the path which he had left. In time, he got + up to the gate. And as he saw by the words which he read on it, that those + who would knock could go in, he gave two or three knocks, and said: May I + go in here? + </p> + <p> + At last there came a great man to the gate, whose name was Good-will, and + he said: Who is there; whence come you, and what would you have? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—I come from The City of Destruction with a load of Sins + on my back; but I am on my way to Mount Zion, that I may be free from the + wrath to come; and as I have been told that my way is through this gate, I + would know, Sir, if you will let me in? + </p> + <p> + Good-will.—With all my heart. + </p> + <p> + So he flung back the gate. But just as Christian went in, he gave him a + pull. + </p> + <p> + Then said Christian: What means that? Good-will told him that a short way + from this gate there was a strong fort, of which Beelzebub was the chief, + and that from thence he and the rest that dwelt there shot darts at those + that came up to the gate to try if they could kill them ere they got in. + </p> + <p> + Then said Christian: I come in with joy and with fear. So when he had gone + in, the man at the gate said: Who sent you here? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Evangelist bade me come and knock (as I did); and he said + that you, Sir, would tell me what I must do. + </p> + <p> + Good-will.—The door is thrown back wide for you to come in, and no + man can shut it. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Now I seem to reap the good of all the risks I have met + with on the way. + </p> + <p> + Good-will.—But how is it that no one comes with you? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—None of my friends saw that there was cause of fear, as I + did. + </p> + <p> + Good-will.—Did they know of your flight? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Yes, my wife and young ones saw me go, and I heard their + cries as they ran out to try and stop me. Some of my friends, too, would + have had me come home, but I put my hands to my ears, and so came on my + way. + </p> + <p> + Good-will.—But did none of them come out to beg of you to go back? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Yes, both Obstinate and Pliable came, but when they found + that I would not yield, Obstinate went home, but Pliable came with me as + far as the Slough of Despond. + </p> + <p> + Good-will.—Why did he not come through it? + </p> + <p> + When Christian told him the rest, he said: Ah, poor man! Is a world of + bliss such a small thing to him, that he did not think it worth while to + run a few risks to gain it? + </p> + <p> + Sir, said Christian, there is not much to choose twixt him and me. Then he + told Good-will how he had been led from the straight path by Mr. Worldly + Wiseman. + </p> + <p> + Good-will.—Oh, did he light on you? What! He would have had you seek + for ease at the hands of Mr. Legality. They are, in truth, both of them + cheats. And did you take heed of what he said? + </p> + <p> + Christian then told him all. But now that I am come, said he, I am more + fit for death, than to stand and talk to my Lord. But oh, the joy it is to + me to be here! + </p> + <p> + Good-will.—We keep none out that knock at this gate, let them have + done what they may ere they came here; for they are 'in no wise cast out.' + So, good Christian, come with me, and I will teach you the way you must + go. Look in front. That is the way which was laid down by Christ and the + wise men of old, and it is as straight as a rule can make it. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—But is there no turn or bend by which one who knows not + the road might lose his way? + </p> + <p> + Good-will.—My friend, there are not a few that lead down to it, and + these paths are wide: yet by this you may judge the right from the wrong—the + right are straight and are by no means wide. + </p> + <p> + Then I saw in my dream that Christian said: Could you not help me off with + this load on my back?—for as yet he had not got rid of it. He was + told: As to your load, you must bear it till you come to the place of + Deliverance, for there it will fall from your back. + </p> + <p> + Then Christian would have set off on the road; but Good-will said: Stop a + while and let me tell you that when you have gone through the gate you + will see the house of Mr. Interpreter, at whose door you must knock, and + he will show you good things. Then Christian took leave of his friend, who + bade him God speed. + </p> + <p> + He now went on till he came to the house at the door of which he was to + knock; this he did two or three times. At last one came to the door and + said: Who is there? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—I have come to see the good man of the house. + </p> + <p> + So in a short time Mr. Interpreter came to him and said: What would you + have? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Sir, I am come from The City of Destruction, and am on my + way to Mount Zion. I was told by the man that stands at the gate, that if + I came here you would show me good things that would help me. + </p> + <p> + Then Interpreter took Christian to a room, and bade his man bring a light, + and there he saw on the wall the print of one who had a grave face, whose + eyes were cast up to the sky, and the best of books was in His hand, the + law of truth was on His lips, and the world was at His back. He stood as + if He would plead for men, and a crown of gold hung near his head. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—What does this mean? + </p> + <p> + Interpreter.—I have shown you this print first, for this is He who + is to be your sole guide when you can not find your way to the land to + which you go; so take good heed to what I have shown you, lest you meet + with some who would feign to lead you right; but their way goes down to + death. + </p> + <p> + Then he took him to a large room that was full of dust, for it had not + been swept; and Interpreter told his man to sweep it. Now when he did so, + such clouds of dust flew up, that it made Christian choke. + </p> + <p> + Then said Interpreter to a maid that stood by; Make the floor moist that + the dust may not rise; and when she had done this, it was swept with ease. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—What means this? + </p> + <p> + Interpreter.—This room is the heart of that man who knows not the + grace of God. The dust is his first sin and the vice that is in him. He + that swept first is the Law, but she who made the floor moist is The Book + which tells Good News to Man. Now as soon as you saw the first of these + sweep, the dust did so fly that the room could not be made clean by him; + this is to show you that the law as it works does not cleanse the heart + from sin, but gives strength to sin, so as to rouse it up in the soul. + </p> + <p> + Then you next saw the maid come in to lay the dust; so is sin made clean + and laid low by faith in The Book. + </p> + <p> + Now, said Christian, let me go hence. + </p> + <p> + Well, said Interpreter, keep all things so in thy mind that they may be a + goad in thy sides; and may faith guide thee! + </p> + <p> + Then I saw in my dream that the high way which Christian was to tread, had + a wall on each side, and the name of that wall was Salvation. Up this high + way did Christian run, but with great toil for the load on his back. He + ran thus till he drew near to a place on which stood a cross, and at the + foot of it a tomb. Just as Christian came up to the cross, his load slid + from his back, close to the mouth of the tomb, where it fell in, and I saw + it no more. + </p> + <p> + Then was Christian glad, and said with a gay heart: He gives me rest by + his grief, and life by his death. + </p> + <p> + Yet he stood still for a while, for he was struck with awe to think that + the sight of the cross should thus ease him of his load. Three or four + times did he look on the cross and the tomb, and the tears rose to his + eyes. As he stood thus and wept, lo, three Bright Ones came to him, and + one of them said: Peace be to thee! thou hast grace from thy sins. And one + came up to him to strip him of his rags and put a new robe on him, while + the third set a mark on his face, and gave him a roll with a seal on it, + which he bade him look on as he went, and give it at The Celestial Gate; + and then they left him. + </p> + <p> + Christian gave three leaps for joy, and sang as he went: Ah, what a place + is this! Blest cross! Blest tomb! Nay, blest is the Lord that was put to + shame for me! + </p> + <p> + He went on thus till he came to a vale where he saw three men who were in + a sound sleep, with chains on their feet. The name of one was Simple, one + Sloth, and the third Presumption. As Christian saw them lie in this case, + he went to wake them, and said: You are like those that sleep on the top + of a mast, for the Dead Sea is at your feet. Wake, rise, and come with me. + Trust me, and I will help you off with your chains. With that they cast + their eyes up to look at him, and Simple said: I would fain take more + sleep. Presumption said: Let each man look to his own. And so they lay + down to sleep once more. + </p> + <p> + Then I saw in my dream that two men leapt from the top of the wall and + made great haste to come up to him. Their names were Formalist and + Hypocrisy. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Sirs, whence come you, and where do you go? + </p> + <p> + Formalist and Hypocrisy.—We were born in the land of Vain-glory, and + are on our way to Mount Zion for praise. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Why came you not in at the Gate? Know you not that he + that comes not in at the door, but climbs up to get in, the same is a + thief? + </p> + <p> + They told him that to go through the gate was too far round; that the best + way was to make a short cut of it, and climb the wall, as they had done. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—But what will the Lord of the town to which we are bound + think of it, if we go not in the way of his will? + </p> + <p> + They told Christian that he had no need for care on that score, for long + use had made it law, and they could prove that it had been so for years. + Christian.—But are you quite sure that your mode will stand a suit + at law? + </p> + <p> + Yes, said they, no doubt of it. And if we get in the road at all, pray + what are the odds? If we are in, we are in; you are but in the way, who + come in at the gate, and we too are in the way that choose to climb the + wall. Is not our case as good as yours? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—I walk by the rule of my Lord, but you walk by the rule + of your own lusts. The Lord of the way will count you as thieves, and you + will not be found true men in the end. + </p> + <p> + I saw then that they all went on till they came to the foot of the Hill of + Difficulty, where there was a spring. There were in the same place two + more ways, one on the left hand and one on the right; but the path that + Christian was told to take went straight up the hill, and its name is + Difficulty, and he saw that the way of life lay there. + </p> + <p> + Now when Christian got as far as the Spring of Life he drank of it, and + then went up the hill. But when the two men saw that it was steep and + high, and that there were three ways to choose from, one of them took the + path the name of which is Danger, and lost his way in a great wood, and + one of them went by the road of Destruction, which led him to a wide field + full of dark rocks, where he fell, and rose no more. I then saw Christian + go up the hill, where at first I could see him run, then walk, and then go + on his hands and knees, so steep was it. Now half way up was a cave made + by the Lord of that hill, that those who came by might rest there. So here + Christian sat down, and took out the scroll and read it, till at last he + fell off in a deep sleep which kept him there till it was dusk; and while + he slept his scroll fell from his hand. At length a man came up to him and + woke him, and said: Go to the ant, thou man of sloth, and learn of her to + be wise. + </p> + <p> + At this Christian gave a start, and sped on his way, and went at a quick + pace. + </p> + <p> + When he had got near to the top of the hill, two men ran up to meet him, + whose names were Timorous and Mistrust, to whom Christian said, Sirs, what + ails you? You run the wrong way. + </p> + <p> + Timorous said that Zion was the hill they meant to climb, but that when + they had got half way they found that they met with more and more risk, so + that great fear came on them, and all they could do was to turn back. + </p> + <p> + Yes, said Mistrust, for just in front of us there lay two beasts of prey + in our path; we knew not if they slept or not, but we thought that they + would fall on us and tear our limbs. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—You rouse my fears. Where must I fly to be safe? If I go + back to my on town (Destruction) I am sure to lose my life, but if I can + get to The Celestial City, there shall I be safe. To turn back is death; + to go on is fear of death, but when I come there, a life of bliss that + knows no end. I will go on yet. + </p> + <p> + So Mistrust and Timorous ran down the hill and Christian went on his way. + Yet he thought once more of what he had heard from the men, and then he + felt in his cloak for his scroll, that he might read it and find some + peace. He felt for it but found it not. Then was Christian in great grief, + and knew not what to do for the want of that which was to be his pass to + The Celestial City. At last, thought he: I slept in the cave by the side + of the hill. So he fell down on his knees to pray that God would give him + grace for this act; and then went back to look for his scroll. But as he + went, what tongue can tell the grief of Christian's heart? Oh, fool that I + am! said he, to sleep in the day time; so to give way to the flesh as to + use for ease that rest which the Lord of the hill had made but for the + help of the soul! + </p> + <p> + Thus, then, with tears and sighs, he went back, and with much care did he + look on this side and on that for his scroll. At length he came near to + the cave where he had sat and slept. How far, thought Christian, have I + gone in vain! Such was the lot of the Jews for their sin; they were sent + back by the way of the Red Sea; and I am made to tread those steps with + grief which I might have trod with joy, had it not been for this sleep. + How far might I have been on my way by this time! I am made to tread those + steps thrice which I need not to have trod but once; yea, now too I am + like to be lost in the night, for the day is well nigh spent. O that I had + not slept! + </p> + <p> + Now by this time he had come to the vale once more, where for a spell he + sat down and wept; but at last, as he cast a sad glance at the foot of the + bench, he saw his scroll, which he caught up with haste, and put in his + cloak. Words are too weak to tell the joy of Christian when he had got + back his scroll. He laid it up in the breast of his coat and gave thanks + to God. With what a light step did he now climb the hill! But, ere he got + to the top, the sun went down on Christian, and he soon saw that two wild + beast stood in his way. Ah, thought he, these beasts range in the night + for their prey; and if they should meet with me in the dark, how should I + fly from them? I see now the cause of all those fears that drove Mistrust + and Timorous back. + </p> + <p> + Still Christian went on, and while he thought thus on this sad lot he cast + up his eyes and saw a great house in front of him, the name of which was + Beautiful, and it stood just by the side of the high road. So he made + haste and went on in the hope that he could rest there a while. The name + of the man who kept the lodge of that house was Watchful, and when he saw + that Christian made a halt as if he would go back, he came out to him and + said: Is thy strength so small? Fear not the two wild beasts, for they are + bound by chains, and are put here to try the faith of those that have it, + and to find out those that have none. Keep in the midst of the path and no + harm shall come to thee. + </p> + <p> + Then I saw, in my dream, that still he went on in great dread of the wild + beasts; he heard them roar, yet they did him no harm; but when he had gone + by them he went on with joy, till he came and stood in front of the lodge + where Watchful dwelt. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Sir, what house is this? May I rest here to night? + </p> + <p> + Watchful.—This house was built by the Lord of the Hill to give aid + to those who climb up it for the good cause. Tell me, whence come you? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—I am come from the Town of Destruction, and am on my way + to Mount Zion; but the day is far spent, and I would, with your leave, + pass the night here. + </p> + <p> + Watchful.—What is your name? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—My name is now Christian, but at first it was Graceless. + </p> + <p> + Watchful.—How is it you came so late? The sun is set. + </p> + <p> + Christian then told him why it was. + </p> + <p> + Watchful.—Well, I will call one that lives here, who, if she like + your talk, will let you come in, for these are the rules of the house. + </p> + <p> + So he rang a bell, at the sound of which there came out at the door a + grave and fair maid, whose name was Discretion. When Watchful told her why + Christian had come there, she said: What is your name? + </p> + <p> + It is Christian, said he, and I much wish to rest here to night, and the + more so for I see this place was build by the Lord of the Hill, to screen + those from harm who come to it. + </p> + <p> + So she gave a smile, but the tears stood in her eyes; and in a short time + she said: I will call forth two or three more of our house, and then she + ran to the door and brought in Prudence, Piety, and Charity, who met him + and said: Come in, thou blest of the Lord; this house was built by the + King of the Hill for such as you. Then Christian bent down his head, and + went with them to the house. + </p> + <p> + Piety.—Come, good Christian, since our love prompts us to take you + in to rest, let us talk with you of all that you have seen on your way. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—With a right good will, and I am glad that you should ask + it of me. + </p> + <p> + Prudence.—And, first, say what is it that makes you wish so much to + go to Mount Zion? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Why there I hope to see Him that did die on the Cross; + and there I hope to be rid of all those thing that to this day grieve and + vex me. There, they say, is no death; and there I shall dwell with such as + love the Lord. + </p> + <p> + Charity.—Have you a wife and babes? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Yes, I have. + </p> + <p> + Charity.—And why did you not bring them with you? + </p> + <p> + Christian then wept, and said: Oh, how glad should I have been to do so! + but they would not come with me, nor have me leave them. + </p> + <p> + Charity.—And did you pray to God to put it in their hearts to go + with you? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Yes, and that with much warmth, for you may think how + dear they were to me. + </p> + <p> + Thus did Christian talk with these friends till it grew dark, and then he + took his rest in a large room, the name of which was Peace; there he slept + till break of day, and then he sang a hymn. + </p> + <p> + They told him that he should not leave till they had shown him all the + rare things that were in that place. There were to be seen the rod of + Moses, the nail with which Jail slew Sisera, the lamps with which Gideon + put to flight the host of Midian, and the ox goad with which Shamgar slew + his foes. And they brought out the jaw bone of an ass with which Samson + did such great feats, and the sling and stone with which David slew + Goliath of Gath. + </p> + <p> + Then I saw in my dream that Christian rose to take his leave of + Discretion, and of Prudence, Piety, and Charity, but they said that he + must stay till the next day, that they might show him The Delectable + Mountains; so they took him to the top of the house, and bade him look to + the South, which he did, and lo, a great way off, he saw a rich land, full + of hills, woods, vines, shrubs, and streams. + </p> + <p> + What is the name of this land? said Christian. + </p> + <p> + Then they told him it was Immanuel's Land. And, said they, It is as much + meant for you, and the like of you, as this hill is; and when you reach + the place, there you may see the gate of The Celestial City. Then they + gave him a sword, and put on him a coat of mail, which was proof from head + to foot, lest he should meet some foe in the way; and they went with him + down the hill. + </p> + <p> + Of a truth, said Christian, it is as great a toil to come down the hill as + it was to go up. + </p> + <p> + Prudence.—So it is, for it is a hard thing for a man to go down to + The Vale of Humiliation, as thou dost now, and for this cause have we come + with you to the foot of the hill. So, though he went with great care, yet + he caught a slip or two. + </p> + <p> + Then in my dream I saw that when they had got to the foot of the hill, + these good friends of Christian's gave him a loaf of bread, a flask of + wine, and a bunch of dry grapes; and then they left him to go on his way. + </p> + <p> + But now in this Vale of Humiliation poor Christian was hard put to it, for + he had not gone far, ere he saw a foe come in the field to meet him, whose + name was Apollyon. Then did Christian fear, and he cast in his mind if he + would go back or stand his ground. But Christian thought that as he had no + coat of mail on his back, to turn round might give Apollyon a chance to + pierce it with his darts. So he stood his ground, For, thought he, if but + to save my life were all I had in view, still the best way would be to + stand. + </p> + <p> + So he went on, and Apollyon met him with looks of scorn. + </p> + <p> + Apollyon.—Whence come you, and to what place are you bound? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—I am come from The City of Destruction, which is a place + of all sin, and I am on my way to Zion. + </p> + <p> + Apollyon.—By this I see you are mine, for of all that land I am the + Prince. How is it, then, that you have left your king? Were it not that I + have a hope that you may do me more good, I would strike you to the ground + with one blow. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—I was born in your realm, it is true, but you drove us + too hard, and your wage was such as no man could live on. + </p> + <p> + Apollyon.—No prince likes to lose his men, nor will I as yet lose + you; so if you will come back, what my realm yields I will give you. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—But I am bound by vows to the King of Kings; and how can + I, to be true, go back with you? + </p> + <p> + Apollyon.—You have made a change, it seems, from bad to worse; but + why not give Him the slip, and come back with me? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—I gave Him my faith, and swore to be true to Him: how can + I go back from this? + </p> + <p> + Apollyon.—You did the same to me, and yet I will pass by all, if you + will but turn and go back. + </p> + <p> + Then, when Apollyon saw that Christian was stanch to his Prince, he broke + out in a great rage, and said, I hate that Prince, and I hate his laws, + and I am come out to stop you. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Take heed what you do. I am on the King's high way to + Zion. + </p> + <p> + Apollyon.—I am void of fear, and to prove that I mean what I say, + here on this spot I will put thee to death. With that he threw a dart of + fire at his breast, but Christian had a shield on his arm, with which he + caught it. Then did Christian draw his sword, for he saw it was time to + stir; and Apollyon as fast made at him, and threw darts as thick as hail; + with which, in spite of all that Christian could do, Apollyon gave him + wounds in his head, hand, and foot. + </p> + <p> + This made Christian pause in the fight for a time, but Apollyon still came + on, and Christian once more took heart. They fought for half a day, till + Christian, weak from his wounds, was well nigh spent in strength. When + Apollyon saw this, he threw him down with a great force; on which + Christian's sword fell out of his hand. Then said Apollyon, I am sure of + thee now. + </p> + <p> + But while he strove to make an end of Christian, that good man put out his + hand in haste to feel for his sword, and caught it. Boast not, oh + Apollyon! said he, and with that he struck him a blow which made his foe + reel back as one that had had his last wound. Then he spread out his wings + and fled, so that Christian for a time saw him no more. + </p> + <p> + Then there came to him a hand which held some of the leaves of the tree of + life; some of them Christian took, and as soon as he had put them to his + wounds, he saw them heal up. + </p> + <p> + Now near this place was the Valley of the Shadow of Death, and Christian + must needs go through it to get to The Celestial City. It was a land of + drought and full of pits, a land that none but such as Christian could + pass through, and where no man dwelt. So that here he was worst put to it + than in his fight with Apollyon, which by and by we shall see. + </p> + <p> + As he drew near the Shadow of Death he met with two men, to whom Christian + thus spoke: To what place do you go? + </p> + <p> + Men.—Back! Back! and we would have you do the same if you prize life + and peace. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—But why? + </p> + <p> + Men.—We went on as far as we durst. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—What then have you seen? + </p> + <p> + Men.—Seen! Why the Valley of the Shadow of Death; but by dint of + good luck we caught sight of what lay in front of it, ere we came up. + Death doth spread out his wings there. In a word it is a place full of bad + men, where no law dwells. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—I see not yet, by what you have told me, but that this is + my way to Zion. + </p> + <p> + Men.—Be it thy way then; we will not choose it for ours. + </p> + <p> + So they took their leave, and Christian went on, but still with his drawn + sword in his hand, for fear lest he should meet once more with a foe. + </p> + <p> + I saw then in my dream that so far as this vale went, there was on the + right hand a deep ditch; that ditch to which the blind have led the blind + as long as the world has been made. And, lo, on the left hand there was a + quag. in which if a man fall, he will find no firm ground for his foot to + stand on. The path way was not broad, and so good Christian was the more + put to it. This went on for miles, and in the midst of that vale was a + deep pit. One thing which I saw in my dream I must not leave out; it was + this:—Just as Christian had come to the mouth of the pit, one of + those who dwelt in it swept up to him, and in a soft tone spoke bad things + to him, and took God's name in vain, which Christian thought must have + come from his own mind. This put him out more than all the rest had done; + to think that he should take that name in vain for which he felt so deep a + love, was a great grief to him. Yet there was no help for it. Then he + thought he heard a voice which said: Though I walk through the Valley of + the Shadow of Death, I will fear no harm for thou art with me. + </p> + <p> + Now as Christian went on, he found there was a rise in the road, which had + been thrown up that that path might be clear to those who were bound for + Zion. Up this road Christian went, and saw his old friend Faithful a short + way off. + </p> + <p> + Then said Christian: Ha, my friend, are you here? Stay, and I will join + you. + </p> + <p> + This ere long he did, and they spoke of all that had come to pass since + they had last met. + </p> + <p> + In course of time the road they took brought them to a town, the name of + which is Vanity, where there is a fair kept through the whole year, and + all that is bought or sold there is vain and void of worth. There, too, + are to be seen at all times games, plays, fools, apes, knaves, and rogues. + Yet he that will go to The Celestial City must needs pass through this + fair. + </p> + <p> + As soon as Christian and Faithful came to the town, a crowd drew round + them, and some said they had lost their wits, to dress and speak as they + did, and to set no store by the choice goods for sale in Vanity Fair. When + Christian spoke, his words brought from these folks fierce taunts and + jeers, and soon the noise and stir grew to such a height that the chief + man of the fair sent his friends to take up these two strange men, and he + bade them tell him whence they came, and what they did there in such a + garb. Christian and Faithful told them all; but those who sat to judge the + case thought that they must be mad, or else that they had come to stir up + strife at the fair; so they beat them with sticks, and put them in a cage, + that they might be a sight for all the men at the fair. Then the worse + sort of folks set to pelt them with mud out of spite, and some threw + stones at them for mere sport; but Christian and Faithful gave good words + for bad, and bore all in such a meek way, that not a few took their part. + This led to blows and fights, and the blame was laid on Christian and + Faithful, who were then made to toil up and down the fair in chains, till, + faint with stripes, they were at length set with their feet in the stocks. + But they bore their griefs and woes with joy, for they saw in them a + pledge that all should be well in the end. + </p> + <p> + By and by a court sat to try them: the name of the judge was Lord + Hate-good; and the crime laid to their charge was that they had come to + Vanity Fair to spoil its trade, and stir up strife in the town; and had + won not a few men to their side, in spite of the prince of the place. + </p> + <p> + Faithful said to the Judge: I am a man of peace, and did but wage war on + Sin. As for the prince they speak of, since he is Beelzebub, I hold him in + scorn. + </p> + <p> + Those who took Faithful's part were won by the force of plain truth and + right in his words; but the judge said, Let those speak who know aught of + this man. + </p> + <p> + So three men, whose names were Envy, Superstition, and Pick-thank, stood + forth and swore to speak the truth, and tell what they knew of Faithful. + Envy said: My lord, this man cares nought for kings or laws, but seeks to + spread his own views, and to teach men what he calls faith. I heard him + say but just now that the ways of our town of Vanity are vile. And does he + not in that speak ill of us? + </p> + <p> + Then Superstition said: My lord, I know not much of this man, and have no + wish to know more, but of this I am sure, that he is a bad man, for he + says that our creeds are vain. + </p> + <p> + Pick-thank was then bid to say what he knew, and his speech ran thus: My + lord, I have known this man for a long time, and have heard him say things + that ought not to be said. He rails at our great Prince Beelzebub, and + says that if all men were of his mind, that prince should no more hold + sway here. More than this, he hath been heard to rail on you, my lord, who + are now his judge. + </p> + <p> + Then said the Judge to Faithful: Thou base man! Hast though heard what + these folk have said of thee? + </p> + <p> + Faithful.—May I speak a few words in my own cause? + </p> + <p> + Judge.—Thy just doom would be to die on the spot; still, let us hear + what thou hast to say. + </p> + <p> + Faithful.—I say, then, to Mr. Envy, that all laws and modes of life + in which men heed not the Word of God are full of sin. As to the charge of + Mr. Superstition, I would urge that nought can save us if we do not the + will of God. To Mr. Pick-thank, I say that men should flee from the Prince + of this town and his friends, as from the wrath to come and so, I pray the + Lord to help me. + </p> + <p> + Then the Judge, to sum up the case, spoke thus: You see this man who has + made such a stir in our town. You have heard what these good men have said + of him, which he owns to be true. It rests now to you to save his life or + hang him. + </p> + <p> + The twelve men who had Faithful's life in their hands spoke in a low tone + thus: This man is full of schisms, said Mr. Blind-man. Out of the world + with him, said Mr. No-good. I hate the mere look of him, said Mr. Malice. + From the first I could not bear him, said Mr. Love-ease. Nor I, for he + would be sure to blame my ways, said Mr. Live-loose. Hang him, hang him! + said Mr. Heady. A low wretch! said Mr. High-mind. I long to crush him, + said Mr. Enmity. He is a rogue, said Mr. Liar. Death is too good for him, + said Mr. Cruelty. Let us kill him, that he may be out of the way, said Mr. + Hate-light. Then said Mr. Implacable: Not to gain all the world would I + make peace with him, so let us doom him to death. And so they did, and in + a short time he was led back to the place from whence he came, there to be + put to the worst death that could be thought of; for the scourge, the + sword, and the stake brought Faithful to his end. + </p> + <p> + Now I saw that there stood near the crowd a strange car with two bright + steeds, which, as soon as his foes had slain him, took Faithful up through + the clouds straight to The Celestial City, with the sound of the harp and + lute. + </p> + <p> + As for Christian, for this time he got free; and there came to him one + Hopeful, who did so from what he had heard and seen of Christian and + Faithful. Thus, while one lost his life for the truth, a new man rose from + his death, to tread the same way with Christian. And Hopeful said there + were more men of the fair who would take their time, and then come too. + </p> + <p> + By and by their way lay just on the bank of a pure stream, from which they + drank. On each side of it were green trees that bore fruit, and in a field + through which it ran they lay down to sleep. When they woke up they sat + for a while in the shade of the boughs; thus they went on for three or + four days, and to pass the time they sang: + </p> + <p> + He that can tell What sweet fresh fruit, yea leaves these trees do yield, + Will soon sell all, that he may buy this field. + </p> + <p> + Now on the left hand of the road was By-path Meadow, a fair green field + with a path through it, and a stile. Come, good Hopeful, said Christian, + let us walk on the grass. + </p> + <p> + Hopeful.—But what if this path should lead us wrong? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—How can it? Look, doth it not go by the way side? + </p> + <p> + So they set off through the field. But they had not gone far when they saw + in front of them a man, Vain-confidence by name, who told them that the + path led to The Celestial Gate. So the man went first; but lo, the night + came on, and it grew so dark that they lost sight of their guide, who, as + he did not see the path in front of him, fell in a deep pit, and was heard + of no more. + </p> + <p> + Where are we now? said Hopeful. + </p> + <p> + Then was Christian mute, as he thought he had led his friend out of the + way. And now light was seen to flash from the sky, and rain came down in + streams. + </p> + <p> + Hopeful (with a groan) Oh, that I had kept on my way! + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Who could have thought that this path should lead us + wrong? + </p> + <p> + Hopeful.—I had my fears from the first, and so gave you a hint. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Good friend, I grieve that I have brought you out of the + right path. + </p> + <p> + Hopeful.—Say no more, no doubt it is for our good. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—We must not stand thus; let us try to go back. + </p> + <p> + Hopeful.—But, good Christian, let me go first. + </p> + <p> + Then they heard a voice say: Set thine heart to the high way, the way thou + hast been: turn once more. But by this time the stream was deep from the + rain that fell, and to go back did not seem safe; yet they went back, + though it was so dark and the stream ran so high that once or twice it was + like to drown them. Nor could they, with all their skill, get back that + night. So they found a screen from the rain, and there they slept till + break of day. + </p> + <p> + Now, not far from the place where they lay was Doubting Castle, the lord + of which was Giant Despair; and it was on his ground that they now slept. + There Giant Despair found them, and with a gruff voice he bade them wake. + Whence are you? said he; and what brought you here? They told him that + they had lost the path. Then said Giant Despair: You have no right to + force your way in here; the ground on which you lie is mine. + </p> + <p> + They had not much to say, as they knew that they were in fault. So Giant + Despair drove them on, and put them in a dark and foul cell in a strong + hold. Here they were kept for three days, and they had no light nor food + nor a drop to drink all that time, and no one to ask them how they did. + Now Giant Despair had a wife, whose name was Diffidence, and he told her + what he had done. Then said he, What will be the best way to treat them? + Beat them well, said Diffidence. So when he rose he took a stout stick + from a crab tree, and went down to the cell where poor Christian and + Hopeful lay, and beat them as if they had been dogs, so that they could + not turn on the floor; and they spent all that day in sighs and tears. + </p> + <p> + The next day he came once more, and found them sore from the stripes, and + said that since there was no chance for them to be let out of the cell, + their best way would be to put an end to their own lives: For why should + you wish to live, said he, with all this woe? But they told him they did + hope he would let them go. With that he sprang up with a fierce look, and + no doubt would have made an end of them, but that he fell in a fit for a + time, and lost the use of his hand; so he drew back, and left them to + think of what he had said. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Friend, what shall we do? The life that we now lead is + worse than death. For my part I know not which is best, to live thus, or + to die at our own hand, as I feel that the grave would be less sad to me + than this cell. Shall we let Giant Despair rule us? + </p> + <p> + Hopeful.—In good truth our case is a sad one, and to die would be + more sweet to me than to live here; yet let us bear in mind that the Lord + of that land to which we go hath said: 'Thou shalt not kill.' And by this + act we kill our souls as well. My friend Christian, you talk of ease in + the grave, but can a man go to bliss who takes his own life? All the law + is not in the hands of Giant Despair. Who knows but that God, who made the + world, may cause him to die, or lose the use of his limbs as he did at + first. I have made up my mind to pluck up the heart of a man, and to try + to get out of this strait. Fool that I was not to do so when first he came + to the cell. But let us not put an end to our own lives, for a good time + may come yet. + </p> + <p> + By these words did Hopeful change the tone of Christian's mind. + </p> + <p> + Well, at night the Giant went down to the cell to see if life was still in + them, and in good truth that life was in them was all that could be said, + for from their wounds and want of food they did no more than just breathe. + When Giant Despair found they were not dead, he fell in a great rage, and + said that it should be worse with them if they had not been born. At this + they shook with fear, and Christian fell down in a swoon; but when he came + to, Hopeful said: My friend, call to mind how strong in faith you have + been till now. Say, could Apollyon hurt you, or all that you heard, or + saw, or felt in the Valley of the Shadow of Death? Look at the fears, the + griefs, the woes that you have gone through. And now to be cast down! I, + too, am in this cell, far more weak a man than you, and Giant Despair + dealt his blows at me as well as you, and keeps me from food and light. + Let us both (if but to shun the shame) bear up as well as we can. + </p> + <p> + When night came on, the wife of Giant Despair said to him: Well, will the + two men yield? + </p> + <p> + To which he said: No; they choose to stand firm, and will not put an end + to their lives. + </p> + <p> + Then said Mrs. Diffidence: At dawn of day take them to the yard, and show + them the graves where all those whom you have put to death have been + thrown, and make use of threats this time. + </p> + <p> + So Giant Despair took them to this place, and said: In ten days time you + shall be thrown in here if you do not yield. Go; get you down to your den + once more. With that he beat them all the way back, and there they lay the + whole day in a sad plight. + </p> + <p> + Now, when night was come, Mrs. Diffidence said to Giant Despair: I fear + much that these men live on in hopes to pick the lock of the cell and get + free. + </p> + <p> + Dost thou say so, my dear? quoth Giant Despair to his wife; then at sun + rise I will search them. + </p> + <p> + Now, on that night, as Christian and Hopeful lay in the den, they fell on + their knees to pray, and knelt till the day broke; when Christian gave a + start, and said: Fool that I am thus to lie in this dark den when I might + walk at large! I have a key in my pouch, the name of which is Promise, + that, I feel sure, will turn the lock of all the doors in Doubting Castle. + </p> + <p> + Then said Hopeful: That is good news; pluck it from thy breast, and let us + try it. + </p> + <p> + So Christian put it in the lock, when the bolt sprang back, the door flew + wide, and Christian and Hopeful both came out. When they got to the yard + door the key did just as well; but the lock of the last strong gate of + Doubting Castle went hard, yet it did turn at last, though the hinge gave + so loud a creak that it woke up Giant Despair, who rose to seek for the + two men. But just then he felt his limbs fail, for a fit came on him, so + that he could by no means reach their cell. Christian and Hopeful now fled + back to the high way, and were safe out of his grounds. When they sat down + to rest on a stile, they said they would warn those who might chance to + come on this road. So they cut these words on a post: This is the way to + Doubting Castle, which is kept by Giant Despair, who loves not the King of + the Celestial Country, and seeks to kill all who would go there. + </p> + <p> + Then they came to The Delectable Mountains, which the Lord of the Hill + owns. Here they saw fruit trees, vines, shrubs, woods, and streams, and + drank and ate of the grapes. Now there were men at the tops of these hills + who kept watch on their flocks, and as they stood by the high way, + Christian and Hopeful leant on their staves to rest, while thus they spoke + to the men: Who owns these Delectable Mountains, and whose are the sheep + that feed on them? + </p> + <p> + Men.—These hills are Immanuel's, and the sheep are His too, and He + laid down his life for them. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Is this the way to The Celestial City? + </p> + <p> + Men.—You are in the right road. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—How far is it? + </p> + <p> + Men.—Too far for all but those that shall get there, in good truth. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Is the way safe? + </p> + <p> + Men.—Safe for those for whom it is to be safe; but the men of sin + shall fall there. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Is there a place of rest here for those that faint on the + road? + </p> + <p> + Men.—The Lord of these Hills gave us a charge to help those that + came here, should they be known to us or not; so all the good things of + the place are yours. + </p> + <p> + I then saw in my dream that the men said: Whence come you, and by what + means have you got so far? For but few of those that set out come here to + show their face on these hills. + </p> + <p> + So when Christian and Hopeful told their tale, the men cast a kind glance + at them, and said: With joy we greet you on The Delectable Mountains! + </p> + <p> + Their names were Knowledge, Experience, Watchful, and Sincere, and they + led Christian and Hopeful by the hand to their tents, and bade them eat of + that which was there, and they soon went to their rest for the night. + </p> + <p> + When the morn broke, the men woke up Christian and Hopeful, and took them + to a spot whence they saw a bright view on all sides. Then they went with + them to the top of a high hill, the name of which was Error; it was steep + on the far off side, and they bade them look down to the foot of it. So + Christian and Hopeful cast their eyes down, and saw there some men who had + lost their lives by a fall from the top; men who had been made to err, for + they had put their trust in false guides. + </p> + <p> + Have you not heard of them? said the men. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Yes, I have. + </p> + <p> + Men.—These are they, and to this day they have not been put in a + tomb, but are left here to warn men to take good heed how they come too + near the brink of this hill. + </p> + <p> + Then I saw that they had led them to the top of Mount Caution, and bade + them look far off. From that stile, said they, there goes a path to + Doubting Castle, which is kept by Giant Despair, and the men whom you see + there came as you do now, till they got up to that stile; and, as the + right way was rough to walk in, they chose to go through a field, and + there Giant Despair took them, and shut them up in Doubting Castle, where + they were kept in a den for a while, till he at last sent them out quite + blind, and there they are still. At this Christian gave a look at Hopeful, + and they both burst out with sobs and tears, but yet said not a word. + </p> + <p> + Then the four men took them up a high hill, the name of which was Clear, + that they might see the gates of The Celestial City, with the aid of a + glass to look through, but their hands shook, so they could not see well. + </p> + <p> + When Christian and Hopeful thought they would move on, one of the men gave + them a note of the way, and the next (Experience by name) bade them take + heed that they slept not on The Enchanted Ground, and the fourth bade them + God Speed. Now it was that I woke from my dream. + </p> + <p> + Then I slept, and dreamt once more, and saw Christian and Hopeful go down + near the foot of these hills, where lies the land of Conceit, which joins + the way to Mount Zion, by a small lane. Here they met a brisk lad, whose + name was Ignorance, to whom Christian said: Whence come you, and to what + place do you go? + </p> + <p> + Ignorance.—Sir, I was born in the land that lies off there on the + left, and I wish to go to The Celestial City. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—How do you think to get in at the gate? + </p> + <p> + Ignorance.—Just as the rest of the world do. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—But what have you to show at that gate to pass you + through it? + </p> + <p> + Ignorance.—I know my Lord's will, and I have led a good life; I pay + for all that I have, I give tithes, and give alms, and have left my own + land for that to which I now go. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—But you came not in at the gate that is at the head of + this way, you came in through a small lane; so that I fear, though you may + think well of all you have done, that when the time shall come, you will + have this laid to your charge, that you are a thief and so you will not + get in. + </p> + <p> + Ignorance.—Well, since I know you not; you keep to your own creed, + and I will keep to mine, and I hope all will be well. And as for the gate + that you talk of, all the world knows that it is far from our land, and I + do not think that there is a man in all our parts who does so much as know + the way to it, and I see not what need there is that he should, since we + have, as you see, a fine green lane at the next turn that comes down from + our part of the world. + </p> + <p> + Christian said in a low tone of voice to Hopeful: There is more hope of a + fool than of him. + </p> + <p> + Hopeful.—Let us pass on if you will, and talk to him by and by, + when, may be, he can bear it. + </p> + <p> + So they went on, and Ignorance trod in their steps a short way from them, + till they saw a road branch off from the one they were in, and they knew + not which of the two to take. + </p> + <p> + As they stood to think of it, a man whose skin was black, but who was clad + in a white robe, came to them and said: Why do you stand here? They told + him that they were on their way to The Celestial City, but knew not which + of the two roads to take. + </p> + <p> + Come with me, then, said the man, for it is there that I mean to go. + </p> + <p> + So they went with him, though it was clear that the road must have made a + bend, for they found they would soon turn their backs on The Celestial + City. + </p> + <p> + Ere long, Christian and Hopeful were both caught in a net, and knew not + what to do; and with that the white robe fell off the black man's back. + </p> + <p> + Then they saw where they were. So there they sat down and wept. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Did not one of the four men who kept guard on their sheep + tell us to take heed lest Flatterer should spread a net for out feet? + </p> + <p> + Hopeful.—Those men, too, gave us a note of the way, but we have not + read it, and so have not kept in the right path. Thus they lay in the net + to weep and wail. + </p> + <p> + At last they saw a Bright One come up to them with a whip of fine cord in + his hand, who said: What do you here? Whence come you? + </p> + <p> + They told him that their wish was to go to Zion, but that they had been + led out of the way by a black man with a white cloak on, who, as he was + bound for the same place, said he would show them the road. + </p> + <p> + Then said he: It is Flatterer, a false man, who has put on the garb of a + Bright One for a time. + </p> + <p> + So he rent the net and let the men out. Then he bade them come with him, + that he might set them on the right way once more. He said: Where were you + last night? + </p> + <p> + Quoth they: With the men who kept watch of their sheep on The Delectable + Mountains. + </p> + <p> + Then he said: But when you were at a stand why did you not read your note? + </p> + <p> + They told him they had not thought of it. + </p> + <p> + Now I saw in my dream that he bade them lie down, and whipt them sore, to + teach them the good way in which they should walk; and he said: Those whom + I love I serve thus. + </p> + <p> + So they gave him thanks for what he had taught them, and went on the right + way up the hill with a song of joy. + </p> + <p> + At length they came to a land the air of which made men sleep, and here + the lids of Hopeful's eyes dropped, and he said: Let us lie down here and + take a nap. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—By no means, lest if we sleep we wake no more. + </p> + <p> + Hopeful.—Nay, friend Christian, sleep is sweet to the man who has + spent the day in toil. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Do you not call to mind that one of the men who kept + watch of the sheep bade us take care of The Enchanted Ground? He meant by + that that we should take heed not to sleep; so let us not sleep, but + watch. + </p> + <p> + Hopeful.—I see I am in fault. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Now then, to keep sleep from our eyes I will ask you, as + we go, to tell me how you came at first to do as you do now? + </p> + <p> + Hopeful.—Do you mean how came I first to look to the good of my + soul? + </p> + <p> + Christian.—Yes. + </p> + <p> + Hopeful.—For a long time the things that were seen and sold at + Vanity Fair were a great joy to me. + </p> + <p> + Christian.—What things do you speak of? + </p> + <p> + Hopeful.—All the good of this life; such as lies, oaths, drink; in a + word, love of self and all that tend to kill the soul. But I heard from + you and Faithful that the end of these things is death. + </p> + <p> + Thus did they talk as they went on their way. + </p> + <p> + But I saw in my dream that by this time Christian and Hopeful had got + through The Enchanted Ground and had come to the land of Beulah, where the + air is sweet; and as their way lay through this land, they made no haste + to quit it, for here they heard the birds sing all day long, and the sun + shone day and night; the Valley of Death was on the left, and it was out + of the reach of Giant Despair; nor could they from this place so much as + see Doubting Castle. + </p> + <p> + Now were they in sight of Zion, and here some of the Bright Ones came to + meet them. Here, too, they heard the voice of those who dwelt in Zion, and + had a good view of this land of bliss, which was built of rare gems of all + hues, and the streets were laid with gold. So that the rays of light which + shone on Christian were too bright for him to bear, and he fell sick, and + Hopeful had a fit of the same kind. So they lay by for a time, and wept, + for their joy was too much for them. + </p> + <p> + At length, step by step, they drew near to Zion, and saw that the gates + were flung back. + </p> + <p> + A man stood in the way, to whom Christian and Hopeful said: Whose vines + and crops are these? + </p> + <p> + He told them they were the king's and were put there to give joy to those + who should go on the road. So he bade them eat what fruit they chose, and + took them to see the king's walks; where they slept. + </p> + <p> + Now I saw in my dream that they spoke more in their sleep than they had + done all the rest of the way, and I could but muse at this, but the man + said: Why do you muse at it? The juice from the grapes of this vine is so + sweet as to cause the lips of them that sleep to speak. + </p> + <p> + I then saw that when they woke, they would fain go up to Zion; but as I + said, the sun threw off such bright rays from The Celestial City, which + was built of pure gold, that they could not, as yet, look on it, save + through a glass made for that end. + </p> + <p> + Now as they went, they met with two men in white robes, and the face of + each shone bright as the light. + </p> + <p> + These men said: Whence come you? And when they had been told they said: + You have but one thing more to do, which is a hard one, and then you are + in Zion. + </p> + <p> + Christian and Hopeful did then beg of the two men to go with them; which + they did. But, said they, It is by your own faith that you must gain it. + </p> + <p> + Now 'twixt them and the gate was a fierce stream which was broad and deep; + it had no bridge, and the mere sight of it did so stun Christian and + Hopeful that they could not move. + </p> + <p> + But the men who went with them said: You can not come to the gate but + through this stream. + </p> + <p> + Is there no way but this one to the gate? said poor Christian. + </p> + <p> + Yes, quoth they, but there have been but two men, to wit, Enoch and Elijah + who have trod that path since the world was made. + </p> + <p> + When Christian and Hopeful cast their eyes on the stream once more, they + felt their hearts sink with fear, and gave a look this way and that in + much dread of the waves. Yet through it lay the way to Zion. Is the stream + all of one depth? said Christian. He was told that it was not, yet that in + that there was no help, for he would find the stream more or less deep, as + he had faith in the King of the place. So they set foot on the stream, but + Christian gave a loud cry to his good friend Hopeful, and said: The waves + close round my head, and I sink. Then said Hopeful: Be of good cheer; my + feet feel the bed of the stream, and it is good. + </p> + <p> + But Christian said: Ah, Hopeful, the pains of death have got hold of me; I + shall not reach the land that I long for. And with that a cloud came on + his sight, so that he could not see. + </p> + <p> + Hopeful had much to do to keep Christian's head out of the stream; nay, at + times he had quite sunk, and then in a while he would rise up half dead. + </p> + <p> + Then said Hopeful: My friend, all this is sent to try if you will call to + mind all that God has done for you, and live on Him in your heart. + </p> + <p> + At these words Hopeful saw that Christian was in deep thought; so he said + to him: Be of good cheer, Christ will make thee whole. + </p> + <p> + Then Christian broke out with a loud voice: Oh, I see Him, and He speaks + to me and says, When you pass through the deep streams, I will be with + you. + </p> + <p> + And now they both got strength, and the stream was as still as a stone, so + that Christian felt the bed of it with his feet, and he could walk through + it. Thus they got to the right bank, where the two men in bright robes + stood to wait for them, and their clothes were left in the stream. + </p> + <p> + Now you must bear in mind that Zion was on a steep hill, yet did Christian + and Hopeful go up with ease and great speed, for they had these two men to + lead them by the arms. + </p> + <p> + The hill stood in the sky, for the base of it was there. So in sweet talk + they went up through the air. The Bright Ones told them of the bliss of + the place, which they said was such as no tongues could tell, and that + there they would see the Tree of Life, and eat of the fruit of it. + </p> + <p> + When you come there, said they, white robes will be put on you, and your + talk from day to day shall be with the King for all time. There you shall + not see such things as you saw on earth, to wit, care and want, and woe + and death. You now go to be with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. + </p> + <p> + Christian and Hopeful.—What must we do there? + </p> + <p> + They said: You will have rest for all your toil, and joy for all your + grief. You will reap what you have sown—the fruit of all the tears + you shed for the King by the way. In that place you will wear crowns of + gold, and have at all times a sight of Him who sits on the throne. There + you shall serve Him with love, with shouts of joy and with songs of + praise. + </p> + <p> + Now, while they thus drew up to the gate, lo, a host of saints came to + meet them, to whom the two Bright Ones said: These are men who felt love + for our Lord when they were in the world, and left all for His name; and + He sent us to bring them far on their way, that they might go in and look + on their Lord with joy. + </p> + <p> + Then the whole host with great shouts came round on all sides (as it were + to guard them); so that is would seem to Christian and Hopeful as if all + Zion had come down to meet them. + </p> + <p> + Now, when Christian and Hopeful went in at the gate a great change took + place in them, and they were clad in robes that shone like gold. There + were bright hosts that came with harps and crowns, and they said to them: + Come, ye, in the joy of the Lord. And then I heard all the bells in Zion + ring. + </p> + <p> + Now, just as the gates were flung back for the men to pass in, I had a + sight of Zion, which shone like the sun; the ground was of gold, and those + who dwelt there had love in their looks, crowns on their heads, and palms + in their hands, and with one voice they sent forth shouts of praise. + </p> + <p> + But the gates were now once more shut, and I could but wish that I, too, + had gone in to share this bliss. Then I woke, and, lo, it was a dream. + </p> + <p> + END OF FIRST PART. <a name="link2H_PART2" id="link2H_PART2"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + PART II. + </h2> + <p> + Once more I had a dream, and it was this:—Christiana, the wife of + Christian, had been on her knees to pray, and as she rose, she heard a + loud knock at the door. If you come in God's name, said she, come in. Then + I thought in my dream that a form, clad in robes as white as snow, threw + back the door, and said, Peace be to this house. At a sight so new to her, + Christiana at first grew pale with fear, but in a short time took heart + and told him she would fain know whence he came, and why. So he said his + name was Secret, and that he dwelt with those that are on high. Then said + her guest: Christiana, here is a note for thee, which I have brought from + Christian. So she took it, broke the seal, and read these words, which + were in gold:—"To her who was my dear wife. The King would have you + do as I have done, for that was the way to come to this land, and to dwell + with Him in joy." When Christiana read this, she shed tears, and said to + him who brought the note, Sir, will you take me and my sons with you, that + we, too, may bow down to this king? But he said, Christiana, joy is born + of grief: care must come first, then bliss. To reach the land where I + dwell, thou must go through toils, as well as scorn and taunts. But take + the road that leads up to the field gate which stands in the head of the + way; and I wish you all good speed. I would have thee wear this note in + thy breast, that it may be read by thee till thou must give it up at the + last gate that leads to The Celestial City. + </p> + <p> + Then Christiana spoke to her boys, and said: My sons, I have of late been + sad at the death of Christian, your dear sire. But I feel sure now that it + is well with him, and that he dwells in the land of life and peace. I + have, too, felt deep grief at the thoughts of my own state and yours; for + we were wrong to let our hearts grow cold, and turn a deaf ear to him in + the time of his woe, and hold back from him when he fled from this City of + Destruction. + </p> + <p> + The thought of these things would kill me, were it not for a dream which I + had last night, and for what a guest who came here at dawn has told me. So + come, my dear ones, let us make our way at once to the gate that leads to + The Celestial City, that we may see your sire and be there with him and + his friends. + </p> + <p> + Then her first two sons burst out in tears of joy that Christiana's heart + was set that way. + </p> + <p> + Now while they put all things right to go, two friends of Christiana's + came up to her house, and gave a knock at the door. To them she said, If + you come in God's name, come in. This mode of speech from the lips of + Christiana struck them as strange. Yet they came in, and said, Pray what + do you mean by this? + </p> + <p> + I mean to leave my home, said she to Mrs. Timorous—for that was the + name of one of these friends. + </p> + <p> + Timorous:—To what end, pray tell me? + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—To go to my dear Christian. And with that she wept. + </p> + <p> + Timorous:—Nay, can it be so? Who or what has brought you to this + state of mind? + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Oh, my friend, if you did but know as much as I do, I + doubt not that you would be glad to go with me. + </p> + <p> + Timorous:—Pray what new lore have you got hold of that draws your + mind from your friends, and tempts you to go no one knows where? + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—I dreamt last night that I saw Christian. Oh, that my + soul were with him now! The Prince of the place has sent for me, through + one who came to me at sun rise, and brought this note to bid me go there; + read it, I pray you. + </p> + <p> + Timorous:—Ah, how mad to run such risks! You have heard, I am sure, + from our friend Obstinate, what Christian met with on the way, for he went + with him; yea, and Pliable, too, till they, like wise men, came back + through fear. You heard how he met with the beasts of prey and Apollyon, + what he saw in the Valley of the Shadow of Death, and more still that + makes my hair stand on end to hear of; think, too, of these four sweet + boys who are your own flesh and bone; and, though you should be so rash as + to wish to go, yet for their sale, I pray you keep at home. + </p> + <p> + But Christiana said: Tempt me not. I have now a chance put in my hand to + get gain, and in truth I should be a fool if I had not the heart to grasp + it. And these toils and snares that you tell me of shall not keep me back; + no, they serve but to show me that I am in the right. Care must first be + felt, then joy. So since you came not to my house in God's name, as I + said, I pray you to be gone, and tempt me no more. + </p> + <p> + Then Timorous said to Mercy (who had come with her): Let us leave her in + her own hands, since she scorns all that I say. + </p> + <p> + But Mercy thought that if her friend Christiana must be gone, she would go + part of the way with her to help her. She took some thought, too, of her + own soul, for what Christiana had said had laid hold on her mind, and she + felt she must have some talk with this friend; and if she found that truth + and life were in her words, she would join her with all her heart. + </p> + <p> + So Mercy said to Timorous: I came with you to see Christiana, and since on + this day she takes leave of the town, I think the least I can do would be + to walk a short way with her to help her on. But the rest she kept from + Timorous. + </p> + <p> + Timorous:—Well, I see you have a mind to play the fool, too; but + take heed in good time, and be wise. + </p> + <p> + So Mrs. Timorous went to her own house; and Christiana, with her four boys + and Mercy, went on their way. + </p> + <p> + Mercy, said Christiana, I take this as a great boon that you should set + foot out of doors to start me on my way. + </p> + <p> + Then said young Mercy (for she was quite young): If I thought it would be + good to join you, I would not go back at all to the town. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Well, Mercy, cast your lot in with mine; I know what + will be the end of our toils. Christian is where he would not fail to be + for all the gold in the mines of Spain. Nor shall you be sent back, though + there be no one but I to ask it for you; for the King who has sent for me + and my boys is One who turns not from those who seek Him. If you like I + will hire you, and you shall go as my maid, and yet shall share all things + with me, so that you do but go. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—But how do I know that I shall be let in? If I thought I + should have help from Him from whom all help comes, I would make no pause, + but would go at once, let the way be as rough as it might. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Well, Mercy, I will tell you what I would have you do. + Go with me as far as to the field gate, and there I will ask; and if no + hopes should be held out to you by Him who keeps the gate, you can but go + back to your home. + </p> + <p> + Mercy: Well, I will go with you, and the Lord grant that my lot may be + cast to dwell in the land for which my heart yearns. + </p> + <p> + Christiana then felt glad that she had a friend to join her, and that her + friend should have so great a care for her soul. + </p> + <p> + So they went on their way; but the face of Mercy wore so sad a mien that + Christiana said to her, What ails you? Why do you weep? + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—Oh, who could but weep to think of the state of my poor + friends near and dear to me, in our had town? + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—You feel for your friends as my good Christian did for + me when he left me, for it went to his heart to find that I would not see + these things in the same light as he did. And now, you, I, and these dear + boys, reap the fruits of all his woes. I hope, Mercy, these tears of yours + will not be shed in vain, for He who could not lie, has said that they who + sow in tears shall reap in joy. + </p> + <p> + Now when Christiana came up to the Slough Of Despond, she and her sons + made a stand, and Christiana told them that this was the place in which + her dear Christian fell. But Mercy said, Come, let us try; all we have to + do is to keep the steps well in view. Yet Christiana made a slip or two in + the mud; but at last they got through the slough, and then they heard a + voice say to them: Blest is she who hath faith, for those things which + were told her of the Lord shall come to pass. + </p> + <p> + So now they went on once more, and Mercy said, Had I as good grounds to + hope to get in at the gate as you have, I think no Slough Of Despond would + keep me back. + </p> + <p> + Well, said Christiana, you know your sore, and I know mine, and hard toil + will it be for both of us to get to the end of the way; for how can we + think that they who set out on a scheme of so much bliss, should steer + clear of frights and fears on their way to that bright bourn which it is + their aim to reach? + </p> + <p> + When they came to the gate, it took them some time to make out a plan of + what they should say to Him who stood there; and as Mercy was not so old + as her friend, she said that it must rest with Christiana to speak for all + of them. So, she gave a knock, and then (like Christian) two more; but no + one came. + </p> + <p> + Now they heard the fierce bark of a dog, which made them shake with fear, + nor did they dare for a while to knock a third time, lest the dog should + fly at them. So they were put to their wits' end to know what to do: to + knock they did not dare, for fear of the dog; to go back they did not + dare, lest He who kept the gate should see them as they went, and might + not like it. At last they gave a knock four times as loud as the first. + </p> + <p> + Then He who stood at the gate said, Who is there? The dog was heard to + bark no more, and the gate swung wide for them to come in. + </p> + <p> + Christiana sank on her knees, and said, Let not our Lord be wroth that we + have made this loud noise at His gate. + </p> + <p> + At this He said: Whence come you, and what is it that you would have? + </p> + <p> + Quoth Christiana: We are come from the town whence Christian came, to beg + to be let in at this gate, that we may go on our way to The Celestial + City. I was once the wife of Christian, who now is in the land of bliss. + </p> + <p> + With that, He who kept the gate threw up His arms and said, What! is she + on her road to The Celestial City who, but a short time since, did hate + the life of that place? + </p> + <p> + Then Christiana bent her head, and said, Yes, and so are these, my dear + sons. So He took her by the hand and led her in; and when her four sons + had gone through, He shut the gate. This done, He said to a man hard by, + Sound the horn for joy. + </p> + <p> + But now that Christiana was safe through the gate with her boys, she + thought it time to speak a word for Mercy, so she said, My Lord, I have a + friend who stands at the gate, who has come here with the same trust that + I did; one whose heart is sad to think that she comes, it may be, when she + is not sent for; while I had word from Christian's King to come. + </p> + <p> + The time did so lag with poor Mercy while she stood to be let in, that + though it was but a short space, yet through fear and doubt did it seem to + her like an hour at least; and Christiana could not say more for Mercy to + Him who kept the gate for the knocks, which came so fast, and were at last + so loud that they made Christiana start. + </p> + <p> + Then He said, Who is there? + </p> + <p> + Quoth Christiana: It is my friend. + </p> + <p> + So He threw back the gate to look out, but Mercy was in a swoon, from the + fear that she should not be let in. + </p> + <p> + Then He took her by the hand and said, Fear not; stand firm on thy feet, + and tell me whence thou art come, and for what end? + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—I do not come as my friend Christiana does, for I was not + sent for by the King, and I fear I am too bold. Yet if there is grace to + share, I pray Thee let me share it. + </p> + <p> + Then He took her once more by the hand and led her in, and said, All may + come in who put their trust in me, let the means be what they may that + brought them here. + </p> + <p> + Then He told those that stood by to bring her some myrrh, and in a while + she got well. + </p> + <p> + Now I saw in my dream that he spoke good words to Mercy, Christiana, and + her boys, so as to make glad their hearts. And He took them up to the top + of the gate, where He left them for a while, and Christiana said: Oh my + dear friend, how glad am I that we have all got in! + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—So you may well be; but most of all have I cause for joy. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—I thought at one time as I stood at the gate, and none + came to me, that all our pains had been lost. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—But my worst fears came when I saw Him who kept the gate + grant you your wish, and take no heed of me. And this brought to my mind + the two who ground at the same mill, and how I was the one who was left; + and I found it hard not to cry out, I am lost! I am lost! + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—I thought you would have come in by rude force. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—Ah me! You saw that the door was shut on me, and that a + fierce hound was not far off. Who, with so faint a heart as mine, would + not give loud knocks with all her might? But, pray, what said my Lord at + this rude noise? Was He not wroth with me? + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—When He heard your loud thumps at the door He gave a + smile; and to my mind, what you did would seem to please Him well. But it + is hard to guess why He keeps such a dog. Had I known of it, I fear I + should not have had the wish to come. But now we are in, we are safe; and + I am glad with all my heart. + </p> + <p> + One of Christiana's boys said: Pray ask to have a chain put on the dog, + for it will bite us when we go hence. + </p> + <p> + Then He who kept the gate came down to them once more, and Mercy fell with + her face to the ground, and said, Oh, let me bless and praise the Lord + with my lips! + </p> + <p> + So He said to her, Peace be to thee; stand up. + </p> + <p> + But she would not rise till she had heard from Him why He kept so fierce a + dog in the yard. He told her He did not own the dog, but that it was shut + up in the grounds of one who dwelt near. In truth, said He, it is kept + from no good will to me or mine, but to cause those who come here to turn + back from my gate by the sound of its voice. But hadst thou known more of + me thou wouldst not have felt fear of a dog. The poor man who goes from + door to door will, for the sake of alms, run the risk of a bite from a + cur; and shall a dog keep thee from me? + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—I spoke of what I knew not; but, Lord, I know that Thou dost + all things well. + </p> + <p> + Then Christiana rose as if she would go on her way. So He fed them, and + set them in the right path, as He had done to Christian. And as they went, + Christiana sang a hymn: "We turn our tears to joy, and our fears to + faith." + </p> + <p> + They had not gone far when they saw some fruit trees, the boughs of which + hung from the top of a wall that was built around the grounds of him who + kept the fierce hound, and at times those that came that way would eat + them to their cost. So as they were ripe, Christiana's boys threw them + down and ate some of them; though Christiana chid them for it, and said, + That fruit is not ours. But she knew not then whose it was. Still the boys + would eat of it. + </p> + <p> + Now when they had gone but a bow shot from the place, they saw two men, + who with bold looks came fast down the hill to meet them. With that, + Christiana and her friend Mercy, drew down their veils, and so kept on + their way, and the boys went on first. Then the men came up to them, but + Christiana said: Stand back, or go by in peace, as you should. Yet they + took no more heed of her words than if they had been deaf. + </p> + <p> + Christiana, who did not like their looks, said, We are in haste, and can + not stay; our work is a work of life and death. With that she and the rest + made a fresh move to pass, but the men would not let them. So with one + voice they all set up a loud cry. Now, as they were not far from the held + gate, they were heard from that place, and some of those in the lodge came + out in haste to catch these bad men; when they soon leapt the wall, and + got safe to the grounds where the dog was kept. + </p> + <p> + Reliever:—How was it that when you were at the gate you did not ask + Him who stood there to take you on your way, and guard you from harm? Had + you done so you would not have gone through these frights, for He would + have been sure to grant you your wish. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Ah, Sir, the joy we felt when we were let in, drove from + our thoughts all fears to come. And how could we think that such had men + could lurk in such a place as that? True, it would have been well for us + if we had thought to ask Him; but since our Lord knew it would be for our + good, how came it to pass that He did not send some one with us? + </p> + <p> + Reliever:—You did not ask. When the want of a thing is felt, that + which we wish for is worth all the more. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Shall we go back to my Lord and tell Him we wish we had + been more wise, and ask for a guard? + </p> + <p> + Reliever:—Go back you need not, for in no place where you go will + you find a want at all. + </p> + <p> + When he had said this he took his leave, and the rest went on their way. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—What a blank is here! I made sure we had been past all risk, + and that we should see no more care. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Your youth may plead for you, my friend, and screen you + from blame; but as for me, my fault is so much the worse in so far as I + knew what would take place ere I came out of my door. Mercy:—But how + could you know this ere you set out? + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Why, I will tell you. One night as I lay in bed, I had a + dream, in which I saw the whole scene as it took place just now. + </p> + <p> + By this time Christiana, Mercy and the four boys had come to the house of + Interpreter. Now when they drew near to the door they heard the sound of + Christiana's name; for the news of her flight had made a great stir; but + they knew not that she stood at the door. At last she gave a knock, as she + had done at the gate, when there came to the door a young maid, Innocent + by name. + </p> + <p> + Innocent:—With whom would you speak in this place? + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—As we heard that this is a place of rest for those that + go by the way, we pray that we may be let in, for the day, as you see, is + far spent, and we are loth to go on by night. + </p> + <p> + Innocent:—Pray what is your name, that I may tell it to my Lord? + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—My name is Christiana; I was the wife of Christian, who + some time since came by this way, and these are his four sons. + </p> + <p> + Innocent then ran in and said to those there, Can you guess who is at the + door? There are Christiana, her boys and her friend! + </p> + <p> + So they leapt for joy, and went to tell it to their Lord, who came to the + door and said, Art thou that Christiana whom Christian left in the town of + Destruction, when he set out for The Celestial City? + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—I am she, and my heart was so hard as to slight his + woes, and leave him to make his way as he could; and these are his four + sons. But I, too, am come, for I feel sure that no way is right but this. + </p> + <p> + Interpreter:—But why do you stand at the door? Come in; it was but + just now that we spoke of you, for we heard that you were on your way. + Come, my dear boys, come in; come, my sweet maid, come in. So he took them + to the house, and bade them sit down and rest. All in the house wore a + smile of joy to think that Christiana was on her way to The Celestial + City, and they were glad to see the young ones walk in God's ways, and + gave them a kind of clasp of the hand to show their good will. They said + soft words, too, to Mercy, and bade them all be at their ease. To fill up + the time till they could sup, Interpreter took them to see all those + things that had been shown to Christian. This done, they were led to a + room in which stood a man with a prong in his hand, who could look no way + but down on the ground; and there stood one with a crown in his hand, + which he said he would give him for his prong; yet the first man did not + look up, but went on to rake the straws, dust, and stocks which lay on the + floor. + </p> + <p> + Then said Christiana: I think I know what this means. It is a sketch of a + man of this world, is it not, good Sir? + </p> + <p> + Interpreter:—Thou art right, and his prong shows that his mind is of + the earth, and that he thinks life in the next world is a mere song; take + note that he does not so much as look up; and straws, sticks, and dust, + with most, are the great things to live for. + </p> + <p> + At that Christiana and Mercy wept, and said, Ah, yes, it is too true! + </p> + <p> + Interpreter then took them to a room where were a hen and her chicks, and + bade them look well at them for a while. So one of the chicks went to the + trough to drink, and each time she drank would she lift up her head and + her eyes to the sky. + </p> + <p> + See, said he, what this bird does, and learn of her to know whence all + good comes, and to give to the Lord who dwells on high, the praise and + thanks for it. Look once more, and see all the ways that the hen has with + her young brood. There is her call that goes on all day long; and there is + her call that comes but now and then; she has a third call to shield them + with her wings; and her fourth is a loud cry, which she gives when she + spies a foe. Now, said he, set her ways by the side of your King's, and + the ways of these chicks by the side of those who love to do His will, and + then you will see what I mean. For He has a way to walk in with His + saints. By the call that comes all day He gives nought; by a call that is + rare He is sure to have some good to give; then there is a call, too, for + those that would come to His wings, which He spreads out to shield them; + and He has a cry to warn men from those who might hurt their souls. I + choose scenes from real life, as they are not too hard for you to grasp, + when I fit them to your own case; and it is the love I have for your souls + that prompts me to show you these things. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Pray let us see some more. + </p> + <p> + Interpreter then took them to his field, which was sown with wheat and + corn; but when they came to look, the ears were cut off, and there was + nought but the straw left. + </p> + <p> + Interpreter:—What shall we do with the crop? + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Burn some, and use the rest to dress the ground with. + </p> + <p> + Interpreter:—Fruit, you see, is the thing you look for, and for want + of that you cast off the whole crop. Take heed that in this you do not + seal your own doom; for by fruit I mean works. + </p> + <p> + Now when they came back to the house the meal was not yet spread, so did + Christiana beg of Interpreter to show or tell them some more things. + </p> + <p> + Interpreter:—So much the more strong a man's health is, so much the + more prone is he to sin. The more fat the sow is, the more she loves the + mire. It is not so hard to sit up a night or two, as to watch for a whole + year; just as it is not so hard to start well as it is to hold out to the + end. One leak will sink a ship, and one sin will kill a man's soul. If a + man would live well, let him keep his last day in mind. + </p> + <p> + Now when Christiana, Mercy and the boys bad all had a good night's rest, + they rose with the sun, and made a move to leave; but Interpreter told + them to wait a while. For, said he, you must go hence in due form, such is + the rule of the house. + </p> + <p> + Then he told Innocent to take them to the bath, and there wash the dust + from them. This done, they came forth fresh and strong, and as Interpreter + said, Fair as the moon. + </p> + <p> + Next he told those near him to bring the seal, and when it was brought he + set his mark on them that they might be known in each place where they + went. + </p> + <p> + Then said Interpreter: Bring vests for them. And they were clad in robes + as white as snow, so that it made each start to see the rest shine with so + bright a light. + </p> + <p> + Interpreter then sent for one of his men whose name was Great-heart, and + bade that he should be clad in a coat of mail, with sword and shield, and + that he should take them to a house, the name of which was Beautiful, + where they would rest. + </p> + <p> + Then Interpreter took his leave of them, with a good wish for each. So + they went on their way, and thus they sang:— + </p> + <p> + "O move me, Lord, to watch and pray, From sin my heart to clear; To take + my cross up day by day, And serve the Lord with fear." + </p> + <p> + They next came to the place where Christian's load had been lost in the + tomb. Here they made a pause, and gave thanks to Him who laid down His + life to save theirs. So now they went up the hill, which was so steep that + the toil made Christiana pant for breath. + </p> + <p> + How can we doubt, said she, that they who love rest more than their souls + would choose some way on which they could go with more ease than this? + </p> + <p> + Then Mercy said, Come what may, I must rest for a while. + </p> + <p> + And James, who was the least of the boys, gave way to tears. + </p> + <p> + Come, Come! said Great-heart, sit not down here; for there is a seat near + us put there by the Prince. With this he took the young child by the hand, + and led him to it; and they were all glad to sit down, and to be out of + the heat of the sun's rays. + </p> + <p> + Then said Mercy: How sweet is rest to them that work! And how good is the + Prince to place this seat here that such as we may rest! Of this spot I + have heard much, but let us take heed that we sleep not, for that once + cost poor Christian dear. + </p> + <p> + Then said Mr. Great-heart: Well, my brave boys, how do you do? What think + you of this hill? + </p> + <p> + Sir, said James, this hill beats me out of heart! And I see now that what + I have been told is true; the land of bliss is up steps; but still, Sir, + it is worse to go down hill to death than up hill to life. + </p> + <p> + You are a good boy, said Great-heart. + </p> + <p> + At this Mercy could but smile, and it made James blush. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Come, will you not drink of this flask, and eat some + fruit, while we sit here to rest? For Mr. Interpreter put these in my hand + as I came out of his door. + </p> + <p> + Now when they had sat there a while, their guide said to them: The day + runs on, and if you think well of it, let us now go on our way. + </p> + <p> + So they all set out, the boys first, then the rest; but they had not gone + far when Christiana found she had left the flask, so she sent James back + to fetch it. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—I think this is the place where Christian lost his scroll. + How was this, Sir? + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—We may trace it to two things; one is sleep, and one is + that you cease to think of that which you cease to want; and when you lose + sight of a boon you lose sight of Him who grants it, and the joy of it + will end in tears. + </p> + <p> + By and by they came to a small mound with a post on it, where these words + were cut, Let him who sees this post take heed of his heart and his tongue + that they be not false. Then they went on till they came up to two large + beasts of prey. + </p> + <p> + Now Great-heart was a strong man, so he had no fear; but their fierce + looks made the boys start, and they all clung round Great-heart. + </p> + <p> + How now, my boys! You march on first, as brave as can be, when there is no + cause for fear; but when a test of your strength comes, you shrink. + </p> + <p> + Now when Great-heart drew his sword to force a way, there came up one + Giant Grim, who said in a gruff voice, What right have you to come here? + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—These folk are on their way to The Celestial City, and + this is the road they shall go, in spite of thee and the wild beasts. + </p> + <p> + Grim:—This is not their way, nor shall they go on it. I am come + forth to stop them, and to that end will back the wild beasts. + </p> + <p> + Now, to say the truth, so fierce were these beasts, and so grim the looks + of them that the road was grown with weeds and grass from want of use. And + still Grim bade them turn, For, said he, you shall not pass. + </p> + <p> + But their guide came up, and struck so hard at him with his sword as to + force him to fall back. + </p> + <p> + Giant Grim:—Will you slay me on my own ground? + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—It is the King's high way on which we stand, and in His + way it is that you have put these beasts. But these, who are in my charge, + though weak, shall hold on in spite of all. And with that he dealt him a + blow that brought him to the ground; so Giant Grim was slain. + </p> + <p> + Then Great-heart said, Come now with me, and you shall take no harm from + the two beasts. So they went by, but shook from head to foot at the mere + sight of their teeth and claws. + </p> + <p> + At length they came in sight of the lodge, to which they soon went up, but + made the more haste to get there as it grew dusk. So when they were come + to the gate the guide gave a knock, and the man at the lodge said in a + loud voice, Who is there? + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—It is I + </p> + <p> + Mr. Watchful:—How now, Mr. Great-heart? What has brought you here at + so late an hour? Then Great-heart told him that he had come with some + friends on their way to Zion. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Watchful:—Will you go in and stay till the day dawns? + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—No, I will go back to my Lord to night. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Ah, Sir, I know not how we can part with you, for it is + to your stout heart that we owe our lives. You have fought for us, you + have taught us what is right, and your faith and your love have known no + bounds. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—O that we could have you for our guide all the rest of the + way! For how can such weak folk as we are hold out in a path fraught with + toils and snares, if we have no friends to take us? + </p> + <p> + James:—Pray, Sir, keep with us and help us, when the way we go is so + hard to find. + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—As my Lord wills, so must I do; if He send me to join + you once more, I shall be glad to wait on you. But it was here that you + were in fault at first, for when He bade me come thus far with you, if you + had said, We beg of you to let him go quite through with us, He would have + let me do so. But now I must go back; and so good Christiana, Mercy and my + dear boys, fare ye all well. + </p> + <p> + Then did Watchful, who kept the lodge, ask Christiana whence she had come + and who her friends were. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—I come from The City of Destruction, and I was the wife + of one Christian, who is dead. + </p> + <p> + Then Watchful rang the hell, as at such times he is wont, and there came + to the door a maid, to whom he said: Go, make it known that Christiana, + the wife of Christian, and her four boys are come on their way to The + Celestial City.. + </p> + <p> + So she went in and told all this. And, oh, what shouts of joy were sent + forth when those words fell from her mouth! So all came with haste to + Watchful; for Christiana still stood at the door. + </p> + <p> + Some of the most grave said to her, Christiana, come in, thou wife of that + good man, come in, thou blest one, come in, with all that are with thee. + </p> + <p> + So she went in, and the rest with her. They then bade them sit down in a + large room, where the chief of the house came to see them and to cheer his + guests. Then he gave each of them a kiss. But as it was late, and + Christiana and the rest were faint with the great fright they had had, + they would fain have gone to rest. + </p> + <p> + Nay, said those of the house, take first some meat; for as Watchful had + heard that they were on their way, a lamb had been slain for them When the + meal had come to an end, and they had sung a psalm, Christiana said, If we + may be so bold as to choose, let us be in that room which was Christian's + when he was here. + </p> + <p> + So they took them there, but ere she went to sleep, Christiana said, I did + not think when my poor Christian set off with his load on his back that I + should do the same thing. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—No, nor did you think then that you should rest in the same + room as he had done. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—And less still to see his dear face once more who was + dead and gone, and to praise the Lord the King with him; and yet now I + think I shall. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—Do you not hear a noise? + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Hark! as far as I can make out, the sounds we hear come + from the lute, the pipe, and the horn. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—Sweet sounds in the house, sweet sounds in the air, sweet + sounds in the heart, for joy that we are here. + </p> + <p> + Thus did Christiana and Mercy chat, and they, then slept. + </p> + <p> + Now at dawn when they woke up, Christiana said to Mercy: What was it that + made you laugh in your sleep last night? Were you in a dream? + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—Yes, and a sweet dream it was. But are you sure that I did + laugh? + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Yes, you gave a laugh as if from your heart of hearts. + Do pray, Mercy, tell it to me. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—I dreamt that I lay in some lone wood to weep and wail, for + that my heart should be so hard a one. Now I had not been there long when + I thought there were some who had come to hear me speak in my sleep; but I + went on with my moans. At this they said with a laugh that I was a fool. + Then I saw a Bright One with wings come up to me, who said, Mercy, what + ails you? And when he heard the cause Of my grief, he said, Peace be to + thee. He then came up to wipe off my tears and had me clad in robes of + gold, and put a chain on my neck, and a crown on my head. Then he took me + by the hand and said, Mercy, come this way. So he went up with me till we + came to a gate, at which he gave a knock and then he took me to a throne + on which one sat. The place was as bright as the stars, nay more like the + sun. And I thought that I saw Christian there. So I woke from my dream. + But did I laugh? + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Laugh! Yes, and so you might, to see how well off you + were! For you must give me leave to tell you, that as you find the first + part true, so you will find true the last. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—Well, I am glad of my dream, for I hope ere long to see it + come to pass, so as to make me laugh once more. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—I think it is now high time to rise, and to know what we + must do. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—Pray, if they should ask us to stay, let us by all means do + so; for I should much like to know more of these maids. I think Prudence, + Piety, and Charity have, each of them, a most choice mien. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—We shall see what they will do. + </p> + <p> + So they came down. + </p> + <p> + Then Prudence and Piety: If you will stay, here you shall have what the + house will yield. + </p> + <p> + Charity:—Yes, and that with a good will. + </p> + <p> + So they were there some time, much to their good. + </p> + <p> + Prudence:—Christiana, I give you all praise, for you have brought + your boys up well. With James I have had a long chat; he is a good boy, + and has learnt much that will bring peace to his mind, while he lives on + this earth, and in the world to come it will cause him to see the face of + Him who sits on the throne. For my own part, I will teach all your sons. + At the same time, said she to them: You must still give heed to all that + Christiana can teach you, but more than all, you must read the Book of + God's Word, which sent your dear sire on his way to the land of bliss. + </p> + <p> + By the time that Christiana and the rest had been in this place a week, a + man, Mr. Brisk by name, came to woo Mercy, with the wish to wed her. Now + Mercy was fair to look on and her mind was at all times set on work and + the care of those round her. She would knit hose for the poor, and give to + all those things of which they stood in need. + </p> + <p> + She will make me a good house wife, thought Brisk. + </p> + <p> + Mercy one day said to those of the house: Will you tell me what you think + of Mr. Brisk? + </p> + <p> + They then told her that the young man would seem to have a great sense of + the love of God, but that they had fears it did not reach his soul, which + they thought did cleave too much to this world. + </p> + <p> + Nay then, said Mercy, I will look no more on him, for I will not have a + clog to my soul. + </p> + <p> + Prudence:—If you go on as you have set out, and work so hard for the + poor, he will soon cool. + </p> + <p> + So the next time he came, he found her at her work. + </p> + <p> + What, still at it? said he. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—Yes. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Brisk:—How much can you earn in the day. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—I work at these things for the good of those for whom I do + them; and more than this, to do the will of Him who was slain on the cross + for me. + </p> + <p> + With that his face fell, and he came no more to see her. + </p> + <p> + Prudence:—Did I not tell you that Mr. Brisk would soon flee from + you? Yea, he may seem to love Mercy, but Mercy and he should not tread the + same road of life side by side. + </p> + <p> + Now Matthew, the son of Christiana, fell sick, so they sent to Mr. Skill + to cure him. Then said he: Tell me what he eats. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Well, there is no food here but what is good. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Skill:—This boy has in him a crude mass of food, which if I do + not use the means to get rid of, he will die. + </p> + <p> + Samuel said to Christiana, What was it that you saw Matthew pick up and + eat when we came from the gate which is at the head of this way? + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—It was some of the fruit that grows there; I chid him + for it. + </p> + <p> + Skill:—I felt sure that it was some bad food; now that fruit hurts + more than all, for it is the fruit from Beelzebub's grounds. Did no one + warn you of it? Some fall down dead when they eat it. + </p> + <p> + Then Christiana wept and said, What shall I do for my son? Pray, Sir, try + your best to cure him, let it cost what it may. + </p> + <p> + Then Skill gave strange drugs to him, which he would not take. So + Christiana put one of them to the tip of her tongue. Oh, Matthew, said + she, it is sweet, sweet as balm; if you love me, if you love Mercy, if you + love your life, do take it! + </p> + <p> + So in time he did, and felt grief for his sin. He quite lost the pain, so + that with a staff he could walk, and went from room to room to talk with + Mercy, Prudence, Piety and Charity. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—Pray, Sir, what else are these Pills good for? + </p> + <p> + Skill:—They are good for all those that go on their way to The + Celestial City. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—I pray of you to make me up a large box full of them, + for if I can get these, I will take none else. + </p> + <p> + Skill:—I make no doubt that if a man will but use them as he should, + he could not die. But good Christiana, these pills will be of no use if + you do not give them as I have done, and that is, in a glass of grief for + the sins of those who take them. So he gave some to Christiana and the + rest of her boys, and to Mercy; he bade Matthew, too, keep a good look out + that he ate no more green plums; then he gave them a kiss, and went his + way. + </p> + <p> + Now, as they had spent some time here, they made a move to go. Then + Joseph, who was Christiana's third, son, said to her: You were to send to + the house of Mr. Interpreter to beg him to grant that Mr. Great-heart + should go with us as our guide. + </p> + <p> + Good boy! said Christiana, I had not thought of it. + </p> + <p> + So she wrote a note, and Interpreter said to the man who brought it: Go, + tell them that I will send him. + </p> + <p> + Great-heart soon came, and he said to Christiana and Mercy, My Lord has + sent you some wine and burnt corn, and to the boys figs and dry grapes. + </p> + <p> + They then set off, and Prudence and Piety went with them. But first + Christiana took leave of Watchful, who kept the gate, and put a small coin + in his hand while she gave him her thanks for all that he had done for her + and her dear boys. She then said to him, Have you seen men go by since we + have been here? + </p> + <p> + Watchful:—Yes, I have, and there has been a great theft on this high + way; but the thieves were caught. + </p> + <p> + Then Christiana and Mercy said they felt great fear to go on that road. + </p> + <p> + Matthew:—Fear not, as long as we have Mr. Great-heart with us to + guide us. + </p> + <p> + I now saw in my dream that they went on till they came to the brow of the + hill, when Piety said: O, I must go back to fetch that which I meant to + give to Christiana and Mercy, and it was a list of all those things which + they had seen at the house where we live. On these, said she, I beg of you + to look from time to time, and call them to mind for your good. + </p> + <p> + They now went down the hill to the Vale of Humiliation. It was a steep + hill, and their feet slid as they went on; but they took great care, and + when they had got to the foot of it, Piety said to Christiana: This is the + vale where Christian met with Apollyon and where they had that fierce + fight which I know you must have heard of. But be of good cheer, as long + as we have Mr. Great-heart to guide us, there is nought here that will + hurt us, save those sights that spring from our own fears. And as to + Apollyon, the good folk of the town, who tell us that such a thing fell + out in such a place, to the hurt of such a one, think that some foul fiend + haunts that place, when lo! it is from the fruit of their own ill deeds + that such things do fall on them. For they that make slips must look for + frights. And hence it is that this vale has so bad a name. + </p> + <p> + James:—See, there is a post with words on it, I will go and read + them. + </p> + <p> + So he went, and found that these words were cut on it: Let the slips which + Christian met with ere he came here, and the fights he had in this place, + warn all those who come to the Vale of Humiliation. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Great-heart:—It is not so hard to go up as down this hill, and + that can be said of but few hills in this part of the world. But we will + leave the good man, he is at rest, and he had a brave fight with the foe; + let Him who dwells on high grant that we fare no worse when our strength + comes to be put to the test. This vale brings forth much fruit. + </p> + <p> + Now, as they went on, they met a boy who was clad in mean clothes and kept + watch on some sheep. He had a fine fresh face, and as he sat on the bank + he sang a song. + </p> + <p> + Hark, said Great-heart, to the words of that boy's song. + </p> + <p> + So they gave ear to it. + </p> + <p> + "He that is down need fear no fall, He that is low, no pride, He that is + meek at all times shall Have God to be his guide." + </p> + <p> + Then said Great-heart: Do you hear him? I dare say this boy leads as gay a + life as he that is clad in silk, and that he wears more of that plant + which they call heart's ease. + </p> + <p> + Samuel:—Ask Great-heart in what part of this vale it was that + Apollyon came to fight Christian? + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—The fight took place at that part of the plain which + has the name of Forgetful Green. And if those who go on their way, meet + with a shock, it is when they lose sight of the good which they have at + the hand of Him who dwells on high. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—I think I feel as well in this place as I have done in all + the rest of our way. This vale has a sweet grace, and just suits my mind; + for I love to be in such a spot as this, where there are no coach wheels + to make a din. Here one may think a while what he is, whence he came, and + for what the King has made him; here one may muse and pray. + </p> + <p> + Just then they thought that the ground they trod on shook. But the guide + bade them be of good cheer, and look well to their feet, lest by chance + they should meet with some snare. + </p> + <p> + Then James felt sick, but I think the cause of it was fear, and Christiana + gave him some of the wine which Mr. Interpreter had put in her hands, and + three of the pills which Mr. Skill had made up, and the boy soon got well. + </p> + <p> + They then went on a while, and Christiana said, What is that thing on the + road? A thing of such a shape I have not seen in all my life! + </p> + <p> + Joseph said, What is it? + </p> + <p> + A vile thing, child, a vile thing! said she. + </p> + <p> + Joseph:—But what is it like? + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—It is like—I can't tell what. Just then it was far + off, now it is nigh. + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—Well, let them that have the most fear keep close to + me. + </p> + <p> + Then it went out of sight of all of them. + </p> + <p> + But they had not gone far when Mercy cast a look back, and saw a great + beast come fast up to them with a loud roar. + </p> + <p> + This noise made them all quail with fright save their guide, who fell back + and put the rest in front of him. But when the brute saw that Great-heart + meant to fight him, he drew back and was seen no more. + </p> + <p> + Now they had not left the spot long when a great mist fell on them, so + that they could not see. + </p> + <p> + What shall we do? said they. + </p> + <p> + Their guide told them not to fear, but to stand still, and see what an end + he would put to this too. + </p> + <p> + Then said Christiana to Mercy: Now I see what my poor dear Christian went + through; I have heard much of this place. Poor man, he went here in the + dead of the night, and no one with him; but who can tell what the Valley + of the Shadow of Death should mean, till they come to see it? To be here + fills my breast with awe! + </p> + <p> + Great-heart: It seems now as if the earth and its bars were round us. I + would not boast, but I trust we shall still make our way. Come, let us + pray for light to Him that can give it. + </p> + <p> + So did they weep and pray. And as the path was now more smooth, they went + straight on. + </p> + <p> + Mercy:—To be here is not so sweet as it was at The Gate, or at Mr. + Interpreter's, or at the good house where we were last. + </p> + <p> + Oh, said one of the boys, it is not so bad to go through this place as it + is to dwell here for all time; for aught I know we have to go this way + that our last home may seem to us the more blest. + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—Well said, Samuel; thou dost now speak like a man. + </p> + <p> + Samuel:—Why, if I do in truth get out of this place, I think I shall + prize that which is light and good more than I have done all my life. + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—We shall be out by and by. + </p> + <p> + So on they went. + </p> + <p> + Joseph:—Can we not see to the end of this vale yet? + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—Look to your feet, for you will soon be where the + snares are. + </p> + <p> + So they took good heed. + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—Men come here and bring no guide with them; hence it is + they die from the snares they meet with in the way. Poor Christian! it is + strange he should have got out of this place, and been safe. But God dwelt + in his soul, and he had a stout heart, of his own, or else he could not + have done it. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—I wish that there were some inn here where we could all + take rest. + </p> + <p> + I Well, said Mr. Honest—one whom they had just met—there is + such a place not far off. + </p> + <p> + So there they went, and the host, whose name was Gaius, said: Come in, for + my house was built for none but such as you. + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—Good Gaius, let us sup. What have you for us to eat? We + have gone through great toils, and stand much in want of food. + </p> + <p> + Gaius:—It is too late for us to go out and seek food; but of such as + we have you shall eat. + </p> + <p> + The meal was then spread, and near the end of the feast all sat round the + board to crack nuts, when old Honest said to Gaius, Tell me what this + verse means: + </p> + <p> + A man there was, and some did count him mad; The more that this man gave + the more he had. + </p> + <p> + Then all the youths gave a guess as to what Gaius would say to it; so he + sat still a while, and then said: + </p> + <p> + He that gives his goods to the poor, Shall have as much and ten times + more. + </p> + <p> + Joseph:—I did not think, Sir, that you would have found it out. + </p> + <p> + Gaius:—Ah! I have learnt of my Lord to be kind, and I find I gain by + it. + </p> + <p> + Then Samuel said in a low tone to Christiana, This is a good man's house; + let us make a long stay, and why should not Matthew wed Mercy here? + </p> + <p> + When Gaius heard him say this, quoth he: With all my heart. And he gave + Mercy to Matthew to wife. + </p> + <p> + By this time Christiana's son James had come of age, and Gaius gave Phebe + (who was his child) to be his wife. They spent ten days at the house of + Gaius, and then took their leave. But on the last day he made them a + feast, of which they all ate and drank. + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—Now, Gaius, the hour has come that we must be gone; so + tell me what I owe you for this long stay at your inn, for we have been + here some years. + </p> + <p> + Gaius:—At my house no one pays; for the good Samaritan told me that + I was to look to him for all the cost I was put to. They now took leave of + him and went on their way, when they met with all kinds of frights and + fears, till they came to a place which bore the name of Vanity Fair. There + they went to the house of Mr. Mnason, who said to his guests: If there be + a thing that you stand in need of, do but say so, and we will do what we + can to get it for you. + </p> + <p> + Well, then, said they, we should like much to see some of the good folk in + this town. + </p> + <p> + So Mnason gave a stamp with his foot, at which Grace came up, and he sent + her to fetch some of his friends who were in the house, and they all sat + down to a meal. + </p> + <p> + Then said Mr. Mnason, as he held out his hand to point to Christiana: My + friends, I have guests here who are on their way to Zion. But who do you + think this is? This is the wife of Christian whom (with his friend + Faithful) the men of this town did treat so ill. + </p> + <p> + Well, said they, go who would have thought to meet Christiana at this + place! May The King whom you love and serve bring you where He is, in + peace! + </p> + <p> + They then told her that the blood of Faithful had lain like a load on + their hearts; and that since, they had burnt him no more men had been sent + to the Stake at Vanity Fair. In those days, said they, good men could not + walk the streets, but now they can show their heads. + </p> + <p> + Christiana and her sons and Mercy made this place their home for some + years, and in course of time Mr. Mnason, who had a wife and two girls, + gave his first born, whose name was Grace, to Samuel to wife, and Martha + to Joseph. + </p> + <p> + Now, one day, a huge snake came out of the woods and slew some of the folk + of the town. None of these were so bold as to dare to face him, but all + fled when they heard that he came near, for he took off the babes by + scores. + </p> + <p> + But Great-heart and the rest of the men who were at Mr. Mnason's house, + made up their minds to kill this snake, and so rid the town of him. So + they went forth to meet him, and at first the snake did not seem to heed + them; but as they were strong men at arms, they drove him back. Then they + lay in wait for him, and fell on him, till at last they knew he must die + of his wounds. By this deed Mr. Great-heart and the rest won the good will + of the whole town. + </p> + <p> + The time now drew near for them to go on their way. Mr. Great-heart went + first as their guide; and I saw in my dream that they came to the stream + on this side of The Delectable Mountains, where fine trees grew on each + bank, the leaves of which were good for the health, and the fields were + green all the year round; and here they might lie down and be safe. Here, + too, there were folds for sheep, and a house was built in which to rear + the lambs, and there was One who kept watch on them, who would take them + in His arms and lay them in His breast. + </p> + <p> + Now Christiana bade the four young wives place their babes by the side of + this stream, so that they might lack nought in time to come. For, said + she, if they should stray or be lost, He will bring them back; He will + give strength, to the sick, and here they shall not want meat, drink, or + clothes. So they left their young ones to Him. + </p> + <p> + When they went to By-Path Meadow they sat on the stile to which Christian + had gone with Hopeful, when Giant Despair shut the two up in Doubting + Castle. They sat down to think what would be the best thing to do, now + that they were so strong a force, and had such a man as Mr. Great-heart to + guide them; to wit, if it would not be well to pull down Doubting Castle, + and should there be poor souls shut up there who were on their way to The + Celestial City, to set them free. One said this thing and one said that; + at last quoth Mr. Great-heart: We are told in the book of God's Word, that + we are to fight the good fight. And, I pray, with whom should we fight if + not with Giant Despair? So who will go with me? + </p> + <p> + Christiana's four sons said: We will; for they were young and strong; so + they left their wives and went. + </p> + <p> + When they gave their knock at the gate, Giant Despair and his wife + Diffidence, came to them. + </p> + <p> + Giant Despair:—Who and what is he that is so bold as to come to the + gate of Giant Despair? + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—It is I, a guide to those who are on their way to Zion. + And I charge thee to throw wide thy gates and stand forth, for I am come + to slay thee and pull down thy house. + </p> + <p> + Giant Despair:—What, shall such as Great-heart make me fear? No! + </p> + <p> + So he put a cap of steel on his head, and with a breast plate of fire, and + a club in his hand, he came out to fight his foes. + </p> + <p> + Then these six men made up to him, and they fought for their lives, till + Despair was brought to the ground and put to death by Great-heart. Next + they fell on his house, but it took six days to pull it down. They found + there Mr. Despondency and one Much-afraid, his child, and set them free. + </p> + <p> + Then they all went onto The Delectable Mountains. They made friends with + the men that kept watch on their flocks, who were as kind to them as they + had been to Christian and Hopeful. + </p> + <p> + You have brought a good train with you, said they. Pray, where did you + find them? + </p> + <p> + So their guide told them how it had come to pass. + </p> + <p> + By and by they got to The Enchanted Ground, where the air makes men sleep. + Now they had not gone far, when a thick mist fell on them, so that for a + while they could not see; and as they could not walk by sight, they kept + near their guide by the help of words. But one fell in a bush, while one + stuck fast in the mud, and some of the young ones lost their shoes in the + mire. Oh, I am down! said one. Where are you? cried the next; while a + third said, I am held fast in the bush! + </p> + <p> + Then they came to a bench, Slothful's Friend by name, which had shrubs and + plants round it, to screen those who sat there from the sun. But + Christiana and the rest gave such good heed to what their guide told them, + that though they were worn out with toil, yet there was not one of them + that had so much as a wish to stop there; for they knew that it would be + death to sleep but for a short time on The Enchanted Ground. + </p> + <p> + Now as it was still dark, their guide struck a light that he might look at + his map (the book of God's Word); and had he not done so, they would all + have been lost, for just at the end of the road was a pit, full of mud, + and no one can tell how deep. + </p> + <p> + Then thought I: Who is there but would have one of these maps or books in + which he may look when he is in doubt, and knows not which way he should + take? + </p> + <p> + They soon came to a bench, on which sat two men, Heedless and Too-bold; + and Christiana and the rest shook their heads for they saw that these men + were in a bad case. They knew not what they ought to do: to go on and + leave them in their sleep, or to try to wake them. Now the guide spoke to + them by name; but not a sound could he hear from their lips. So + Great-heart at last shook them, and did all he could to wake them. + </p> + <p> + One of the two, whose name was Heedless, said, Nay: I will pay you when I + get in my debts. + </p> + <p> + At this the guide shook his head. + </p> + <p> + Then Too-bold spoke out: I will fight as long as I can hold my sword. + </p> + <p> + When he had said this all who stood round gave a laugh. + </p> + <p> + Christiana:—'What does this mean? + </p> + <p> + Great-heart:—They talk in their sleep. If you strike or shake them, + they will still talk in the same way, for their sleep is like that of the + man on the mast of a ship, when the waves of the sea beat on him. + </p> + <p> + Then did Christiana, Mercy and their train go on with fear, and they + sought from their guide a light for the rest of the way. + </p> + <p> + But as the poor babes' cries were loud for want of rest, all fell on their + knees to pray for help. And, by the time that they had gone but a short + way, a wind sprang up which drove off the fog; so, now that the air was + clear, they made their way. + </p> + <p> + Then they came to the land of Beulah, where the sun shines night and day. + Here they took some rest, and ate of the fruit that hung from the boughs + round them. But all the sleep that they could wish for in such a land as + this was but for a short space of time; for the bells rang to such sweet + tunes, and such a blaze of lights burst on their eyes, that they soon rose + to walk to and fro on this bright way, where no base feet dare to tread. + </p> + <p> + And now they heard shouts rise up, for there was a noise in the town that + a post was come from The Celestial City with words of great joy for + Christiana, the wife of Christian. So search was made for her, and the + house was found in which she was. + </p> + <p> + Then the post put a note in her hands, the words of which were: Hail, good + Christiana! I bring thee word that the Lord calls for thee, to stand near + His throne in robes of white, in ten days' time. + </p> + <p> + When he who brought the note had read it to her, he gave her a sign that + they were words of truth and love, and said he had come to bid her make + haste to be gone. The sign was a shaft with a sharp point, which was to + tell her, that at the time the note spoke of, she must die. + </p> + <p> + Christiana heard with joy that her toils would so soon he at an end, and + that she should once more live with her dear Christian. + </p> + <p> + She then sent for her sons and their wives to come to her. To these she + gave words of good cheer. She told them how glad she was to have them near + her at such a time. She sought, too, to make her own death, now close at + hand, of use to them, from this time up to the hour when they should each + of them have to quit this world. Her hope was that it might help guide + them on their path; that the Faith which she had taught them to cling to, + would have sunk deep in their hearts; and that all their works should + spring from love to God. She could but pray that they would bear these + words in mind, and put their whole trust in Him who had borne their sins + on the Cross, and had been slain to save them. + </p> + <p> + When the day came that she must go forth to the world of love and truth, + the road was full of those who would fain see her start on her way; and + the last words that she was heard to say were: I come, Lord, to be with + Thee. + </p> + <p> + THE END. <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Pilgrim's Progress in Words of One +Syllable, by Mary Godolphin + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PILGRIM'S PROGRESS *** + +***** This file should be named 7088-h.htm or 7088-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/7/0/8/7088/ + +Produced by Bruce W. Miller, and David Widger + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/7088.txt b/7088.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b41c92f --- /dev/null +++ b/7088.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3241 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Pilgrim's Progress in Words of One +Syllable, by Mary Godolphin + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Pilgrim's Progress in Words of One Syllable + +Author: Mary Godolphin + +Release Date: December, 2004 [EBook #7088] +Posting Date: May 1, 2009 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PILGRIM'S PROGRESS *** + + + + +Produced by Bruce W. Miller + + + + + + + + +THE PILGRIM'S PROGRESS IN WORDS OF ONE SYLLABLE + + +by Mary Godolphin + + + + +AUTHOR'S PREFACE + +In offering to the public another volume on my plan of reducing popular +tales into words of One Syllable exclusively, I wish it to be clearly +understood that it is intended for Adult Beginners, no less than for +Children. There is a large class of persons who do not begin to acquire +the art of reading till somewhat late in life, and it is for such that I +think a book of this Character is peculiarly applicable. + +It may be objected that my system involves the use of words which, +though short, are difficult to understand and might be made more +intelligible in polysyllabic language. But I have endeavored as far as +possible to avoid hard and technical expressions, and I cannot but +think that the mere fact of the brevity of the words must be a great +attraction to beginners of all ages. By this method the labor of +dividing and accentuating words is avoided: a difficulty which pupils +who have only attained to the knowledge of monosyllables cannot conquer +by independent effort. + +I take this opportunity of acknowledging the great favor with which my +previous books of the same character have been received, and I am glad +to hear that they have been found useful as Prizes in Schools. + +I have thought it necessary to retain all the names of Persons and +Places in their original form, but this is the only exception to my +general rule. + + + + +PILGRIM'S PROGRESS + + + + +PART I. + +As I went through the wild waste of this world, I came to a place where +there was a den, and I lay down in it to sleep. While I slept I had a +dream, and lo! I saw a man whose clothes were in rags and he stood with +his face from his own house, with a book in his hand, and a great load +on his back. I saw him read from the leaves of a book, and as he read, +he wept and shook with fear; and at length he broke out with a loud cry, +and said, What shall I do to save my soul? + +So in this plight he went home, and as long as he could he held his +peace, that his wife and babes should not see his grief. But at length +he told them his mind, and thus he spoke, O my dear wife, and you my +babes, I, your dear friend, am full of woe, for a load lies hard on me; +and more than this, I have been told that our town will be burnt with +fire, in which I, you my wife, and you my sweet babes, shall be lost, if +means be not found to save us. + +This sad tale struck all who heard him with awe, not that they thought +what he said to them was true, but that they had fears that some weight +must be on his mind; so, as night now drew near, they were in hopes that +sleep might soothe his brain, and with all haste they got him to bed. + +When the morn broke, they sought to know how he did? He told them, Worse +and worse; and he set to talk once more in the same strain as he had +done; but they took no heed of it. By and by, to drive off his fit, they +spoke harsh words to him; at times they would laugh, at times they would +chide, and then set him at nought. So he went to his room to pray for +them, as well as to nurse his own grief. He would go, too, into the +woods to read and muse, and thus for some weeks he spent his time. + +Now I saw, in my dream, that one day as he took his walk in the fields +with his book in his hand, he gave a groan,--for he felt as if a cloud +were on his soul,--and he burst out as he was wont to do, and said, Who +will save me? I saw, too, that he gave wild looks this way and that, as +if he would rush off; yet he stood still, for he could not tell which +way to go. At last, a man, whose name was Evangelist, came up to him and +said, Why dost thou weep? + +He said, Sir, I see by this book in my hand that I am to die, and that +then God will judge me. Now I dread to die. + +Evangelist.--Why do you fear to die, since this life is fraught with +woe? + +The man said, I fear lest a hard doom should wait me, and that this load +on my back will make me sink down, till at last, I shall find I am in +Tophet. + +If this be your case, said Evangelist, why do you stand still? + +But the man said, I know not where to go. + +Then he gave him a scroll with these words on it, Fly from the wrath to +come. + +When the man read it he said, Which way must I fly? + +Evangelist held out his hand to point to a gate in the wide field, and +said, Do you see the Wicket Gate? + +The man said, No. + +Do you see that light? + +He then said, I think I do. + +Keep that light in your eye, quoth Evangelist, and go straight up to it; +so shall you see the gate, at which, when you knock, it shall be told +you what you are to do. + +Then I saw in my dream that Christian--for that was his name--set off to +run. + +Now he had not gone far from his own door, when his wife and young ones, +who saw him, gave a loud wail to beg of him to come back; but the man +put his hands to his ears, and ran on with a cry of Life! Life! The +friends of his wife, too, came out to see him run, and as he went, some +were heard to mock him, some to use threats, and there were two who set +off to fetch him back by force, the names of whom were Obstinate and +Pliable. Now, by this time, the man had gone a good way off, but at last +they came up to him. + +Then said Christian, Friends, why are you come? + +To bid you go back with us, said they. + +But, quoth he, that can by no means be; you dwell in the City of +Destruction, the place where I, too, was born. I know it to be so, and +there you will die and sink down to a place which burns with fire; be +wise, good friends, and come with me. + +What! and leave our good, and all out kith and kin? + +Yes, said Christian, for that all which you might leave is but a grain +to that which I seek, and if you will go with me and hold it firm, you +shall fare as well as I; for there, where I go, you will find all you +want and to spare. Come with me, and prove my words. + +Obstinate.--What are the things you seek, since you leave all the world +to find them? + +Christian.--I seek those joys that fade not, which are laid up in a +place of bliss--safe there for those who go in search of them. Read it +so, if you will, in my book. + +Obstinate.--Tush! Off with your book. Will you go back with us or no? + +Christian.--No, not I, for I have laid my hand to the plough. + +Obstinate.--Come, friend Pliable, let us turn back and leave him; there +is a troop of such fools who, when they take up with a whim by the end, +are more wise in their own eyes than ten men who know how to think. + +Pliable.--Nay, do not scorn him; if what the good Christian says is +true, the things he looks to are of more worth than ours: my heart leans +to what he says. + +Obstinate.--What! more fools still! Go back, go back, and be wise. + +Christian.--Nay, but do you come with your friend Pliable; there are +such things to be had as those I just spoke of, and more too. If you +give no heed to me, read here in this book which comes to us from God, +who could not lie. + +Pliable.--Well, friend Obstinate, I think now I have come to a point; +and I mean to go with this good man, and to cast my lot in with his. +Then said he to Christian, Do you know the way to the place you speak +of? + +Christian.--I am told by a man whose name is Evangelist, to do my best +to reach a gate that is in front of us, where I shall be told how to +find the way. + +So they went on side by side. + +Obstinate.--And I will go back to my place; I will not be one of such +vain folk. + +Now I saw in my dream, that when Obstinate was gone back, Christian and +Pliable set off to cross the plain, and they spoke thus as they went:-- + +Christian.--Well, Pliable, how do you do now? I am glad you have a mind +to go with me. + +Pliable.--Come, friend Christian, since there are none but we two here, +tell me more of the things of which we go in search. + +Christian.--I can find them in my heart, though I know not how to speak +of them with my tongue; but yet, since you wish to know, this book tells +us of a world that hast no bounds, and a life that has no end. + +Pliable.--Well said, and what else? + +Christian.--That there are crowns of light in store for us, and robes +that will make us shine like the sun. + +Pliable.--This, too, is good; and what else? + +Christian.--That there shall be no more care nor grief for he that owns +the place will wipe all tears from our eyes. + +Pliable.--And what friends shall we find there? + +Christian.--There we shall be with all the saints, in robes so bright +that our eyes will grow dim to look on them. There shall we meet those +who in this world have stood out for the faith, and have been burnt +on the stake, and thrown to wild beasts, for the love they bore to the +Lord. They will not harm us, but will greet us with love, for they all +walk in the sight of God. + +Pliable.--But how shall we get to share all this? + +Christian.--The Lord of that land saith, if we wish to gain that world +we shall be free to have it. + +Pliable.--Well, my good friend, glad am I to hear of these thing: come +on, let us mend our pace. + +Christian.--I can not go so fast as I would, for this load on my back. + +Then I saw in my dream that just as they had come to an end of this +talk, they drew near to a slough that was in the midst of the plain, +and as they took no heed, they both fell in. The name of the slough +was Despond. Here they lay for a time in the mud; and the load that +Christian had on his back made him sink all the more in the mire. + +Pliable.--Ah! friend Christian, where are you now? + +Christian.--In truth, I do no know. + +Then Pliable said to his friend, Is this the bliss of which you have +told me all this while? If we have such ill speed when we first set out, +what may we look for twixt this and the end of our way? And with that he +got out of the mire on that side of the slough which was next to his own +house; then off he went, and Christian saw him no more. + +So Christian was left to strive in the Slough of Despond as well as he +could; yet his aim was to reach that side of the slough that was next +The Wicket Gate, which at last he did, but he could not get out for the +load that was on his back; till I saw in my dream that a man came to him +whose name was Help. + +What do you do here? said Help. + +Christian.--I was bid to go this way by Evangelist, who told me to pass +up to yon gate, that I might flee from the wrath to come, and on my way +to it I fell in here. + +Help.--But why did you not look for the steps? + +Christian.--Fear came so hard on me that I fled the next way and fell +in. + +Help.--Give me your hand. + +So he gave him his hand, and he drew him out, and set him on firm +ground, and bade him go on his way. + +Then in my dream I went up to Help and said to him, Sir, since this +place is on the way from The City of Destruction to The Wicket Gate, how +is it that no one mends this patch of ground, so that those who come by +may not fall in the slough? + +Help.--This slough is such a place as no one can mend. It is the spot to +which doth run the scum and filth that wait on sin, and that is why men +call it the Slough of Despond. When the man of sin wakes up to a sense +of his own lost state, doubts and fears rise up in his soul, and all of +them drain down and sink in this place: and it is this that makes the +ground so bad. True there are good and sound steps in the midst of the +slough, but at times it is hard to see them; or if they be seen, men's +heads are so dull that they step on one side, and fall in the mire. But +the ground is good when they have once got in at the gate. + +Now I saw in my dream that by this time Pliable had gone back to his +house once more, and that his friends came to see him: some said how +wise it was to come home, and some that he was a fool to have gone. +Some, too, were found to mock him, who said--Well, had I set out, I +would not have been so base as to come back for a slough in the road. So +Pliable was left to sneak off; but at last he got more heart, and then +all were heard to turn their taunts, and laugh at poor Christian. Thus +much for Pliable. + +Now as Christian went on his way he saw a man come through the field to +meet him, whose name was Mr. Worldly Wiseman, and he dwelt in the town +of Carnal Policy, which was near that whence Christian came. He +had heard some news of Christian; for his flight from The City of +Destruction had made much noise, and was now the talk far and near. So +he said, How now, good Sir, where do you go with such a load on your +back? + +Christian.--In truth, it is a load; and if you ask me where I go, I must +tell you, Sir, I must go the The Wicket Gate in front of me, for there I +shall be put in a way to get quit of my load. + +Worldly Wiseman.--Have you not a wife and babes? + +Christian.--Yes, but with this load I do not seem to care for them as I +did; and, in truth, I feel as if I had none. + +Worldly Wiseman.--Will you hear me if I speak my mind to you? + +Christian.--If what you say be good, I will, for I stand much in need of +help. + +Worldly Wiseman.--I would urge you then, with all speed, to get rid of +your load; for you will not be at rest till then. + +Christian.--That is just what I seek to do. But there is no man in our +land who can take if off me. + +Worldly Wiseman.--Who bade you go this way to be rid of it? + +Christian.--One that I took to be a great and true man; his name is +Evangelist. + +Worldly Wiseman.--Hark at what I say: there is no worse way in the world +than that which he has sent you, and that you will find if you take him +for your guide. In this short time you have met with bad luck, for I see +the mud of the Slough of Despond is on your coat. Hear me, for I have +seen more of the world than you; in the way you go, you will meet with +pain, woe, thirst, the sword too,--in a word, death! Take no heed of +what Evangelist tells you. + +Christian.--Why, Sir, this load on my back is worse to me than all those +things which you speak of; nay, I care not what I meet with in the way, +if I can but get rid of my load. + +Worldly Wiseman.--How did you come by it at first? + +Christian.--Why, I read this book. + +Worldly Wiseman.--Like more weak men I know, who aim at things too high +for them you have lost heart, and run in the dark at great risk, to gain +you know not what. + +Christian.--I know what I would gain, it is ease for my load. + +Worldly Wiseman.--But why will you seek for ease thus, when I could put +you in the way to aid it where there would be no risk; and the cure is +at hand. + +Christian.--Pray, Sir, tell me what that way is. + +Worldly Wiseman.--Well, in yon town, which you can see from hence--the +name of which is Morality--there dwells a man whose name is Legality, +a wise man, and a man of some rank, who has skill to help men off with +such loads as yours from their backs; I know he has done a great deal +for good in that way; aye, and he has the skill to cure those who, from +the loads they bear, are not quite sound in their wits. To him as I +said, you may go and get help. His house in but a mile from this place, +and should he not be at home, he has a son whose name is Civility, who +can do it just as well as his sire. There, I say, you may go to get rid +of your load. I would not have you go back to your old home, but you can +send for your wife and babes, and you will find that food there is cheap +and good. + +Now was Christian brought to a stand; but by and by he said, Sir, which +is my way to this good man's house? + +Worldly Wiseman.--Do you see that hill? + +Christian.--Yes, I do. + +Worldly Wiseman.--By that hill you must go, and the first house you come +to is his. + +So Christian went out of his way to find Mr. Legality's house to seek +for help. + +But, lo, when he had got close up to the hill, it was so steep and high +that he had fear lest it should fall on his head; so he stood still, for +he knew not what to do. His load, too, was of more weight to him than +when he was on the right road. Then came flames of fire out of the hill, +that made him quake for fear lest he should be burnt. And now it was a +great grief to him that he had lent his ear to Worldly Wiseman; and it +was well that he just then saw Evangelist come to meet him; though +at the sight of him he felt a deep blush on his face for shame. So +Evangelist drew near, and when he came up to him, he said, with a sad +look; What dost thou here, Christian? + +To these words Christian knew not what to say, so he stood quite mute. +Then Evangelist went on thus: Art not thou the man that I heard cry in +The City of Destruction? + +Christian.--Yes, dear Sir, I am the man. + +Evangelist.--Did not I point out to thee the way to the Wicket Gate? + +Christian.--Yes, you did, Sir. + +Evangelist.--How is it, then, that thou hast so soon gone out of the +way? + +Christian.--When I had got out of the Slough of Despond I met a man +who told me that in a town near, I might find one who could take off my +load. + +Evangelist.--What was he? + +Christian.--He had fair looks, and said much to me, and got me at last +to yield; so I came here. But when I saw this hill, and how steep it +was, I made a stand, lest it should fall on my head. + +Evangelist.--What said the man to thee? + +When Evangelist had heard from Christian all that took place, he said: +Stand still a while, that I may show thee the words of God. + +So Evangelist went on to read, 'Now the just shall live by faith, but if +a man draw back, my soul shall have no joy in him.' Is not this the case +with thee? said he: Hast not thou drawn back thy feet from the way of +peace, to thine own cost; and dost thou not spurn the most high God? + +Then Christian fell down at his feet as dead, and said: Woe is me! Woe +is me! + +At the sight of which, Evangelist caught him by the right hand, and +said: Faith hopes all things. + +Then did Christian find some peace, and stood up. + +Evangelist.--I pray thee give more heed to the things that I shall tell +thee of. The Lord says, 'Strive to go in at the strait gate, the gate +to which I send thee, for strait is the gate that leads to life, and few +there be that find it.' Why didst thou set at nought the words of God, +for the sake of Mr. Worldly Wiseman? That is, in truth, the right name +for such as he. The Lord hath told thee that he who will save his life +shall lose it.' He to whom thou wast sent for ease, Legality by name, +could not set thee free; no man yet has got rid of his load through him; +he could but show thee the way to woe, for by the deeds of the law no +man can be rid of his load. So that Mr. Worldly Wiseman and his friend +Mr. Legality are false guides; and as for his son Civility, he could not +help thee. + +Now Christian, in great dread, could think of nought but death, and sent +forth a sad cry in grief that he had gone from the right way. Then he +spoke once more to Evangelist in these words:--Sir, what think you? Is +there hope? May I now go back, and strive to reach The Wicket Gate? I +grieve that I gave ear to this man's voice; but may my sin find grace? + +Evangelist.--Thy sin is great, for thou hast gone from the way that is +good, to tread in false paths, yet will the man at the gate let thee +through, for he has love and good will for all men; but take heed that +thou turn not to the right hand or to the left. + +Then did Christian make a move to go back, and Evangelist gave him a +kiss and one smile, and bade him God speed. + +So he went on with haste, nor did he speak on the road; and could by no +means feel safe till he was in the path which he had left. In time, he +got up to the gate. And as he saw by the words which he read on it, +that those who would knock could go in, he gave two or three knocks, and +said: May I go in here? + +At last there came a great man to the gate, whose name was Good-will, +and he said: Who is there; whence come you, and what would you have? + +Christian.--I come from The City of Destruction with a load of Sins on +my back; but I am on my way to Mount Zion, that I may be free from the +wrath to come; and as I have been told that my way is through this gate, +I would know, Sir, if you will let me in? + +Good-will.--With all my heart. + +So he flung back the gate. But just as Christian went in, he gave him a +pull. + +Then said Christian: What means that? Good-will told him that a short +way from this gate there was a strong fort, of which Beelzebub was the +chief, and that from thence he and the rest that dwelt there shot darts +at those that came up to the gate to try if they could kill them ere +they got in. + +Then said Christian: I come in with joy and with fear. So when he had +gone in, the man at the gate said: Who sent you here? + +Christian.--Evangelist bade me come and knock (as I did); and he said +that you, Sir, would tell me what I must do. + +Good-will.--The door is thrown back wide for you to come in, and no man +can shut it. + +Christian.--Now I seem to reap the good of all the risks I have met with +on the way. + +Good-will.--But how is it that no one comes with you? + +Christian.--None of my friends saw that there was cause of fear, as I +did. + +Good-will.--Did they know of your flight? + +Christian.--Yes, my wife and young ones saw me go, and I heard their +cries as they ran out to try and stop me. Some of my friends, too, would +have had me come home, but I put my hands to my ears, and so came on my +way. + +Good-will.--But did none of them come out to beg of you to go back? + +Christian.--Yes, both Obstinate and Pliable came, but when they found +that I would not yield, Obstinate went home, but Pliable came with me as +far as the Slough of Despond. + +Good-will.--Why did he not come through it? + +When Christian told him the rest, he said: Ah, poor man! Is a world of +bliss such a small thing to him, that he did not think it worth while to +run a few risks to gain it? + +Sir, said Christian, there is not much to choose twixt him and me. Then +he told Good-will how he had been led from the straight path by Mr. +Worldly Wiseman. + +Good-will.--Oh, did he light on you? What! He would have had you seek +for ease at the hands of Mr. Legality. They are, in truth, both of them +cheats. And did you take heed of what he said? + +Christian then told him all. But now that I am come, said he, I am more +fit for death, than to stand and talk to my Lord. But oh, the joy it is +to me to be here! + +Good-will.--We keep none out that knock at this gate, let them have done +what they may ere they came here; for they are 'in no wise cast out.' +So, good Christian, come with me, and I will teach you the way you must +go. Look in front. That is the way which was laid down by Christ and the +wise men of old, and it is as straight as a rule can make it. + +Christian.--But is there no turn or bend by which one who knows not the +road might lose his way? + +Good-will.--My friend, there are not a few that lead down to it, and +these paths are wide: yet by this you may judge the right from the +wrong--the right are straight and are by no means wide. + +Then I saw in my dream that Christian said: Could you not help me off +with this load on my back?--for as yet he had not got rid of it. He was +told: As to your load, you must bear it till you come to the place of +Deliverance, for there it will fall from your back. + +Then Christian would have set off on the road; but Good-will said: Stop +a while and let me tell you that when you have gone through the gate you +will see the house of Mr. Interpreter, at whose door you must knock, and +he will show you good things. Then Christian took leave of his friend, +who bade him God speed. + +He now went on till he came to the house at the door of which he was to +knock; this he did two or three times. At last one came to the door and +said: Who is there? + +Christian.--I have come to see the good man of the house. + +So in a short time Mr. Interpreter came to him and said: What would you +have? + +Christian.--Sir, I am come from The City of Destruction, and am on my +way to Mount Zion. I was told by the man that stands at the gate, that +if I came here you would show me good things that would help me. + +Then Interpreter took Christian to a room, and bade his man bring a +light, and there he saw on the wall the print of one who had a grave +face, whose eyes were cast up to the sky, and the best of books was in +His hand, the law of truth was on His lips, and the world was at His +back. He stood as if He would plead for men, and a crown of gold hung +near his head. + +Christian.--What does this mean? + +Interpreter.--I have shown you this print first, for this is He who +is to be your sole guide when you can not find your way to the land to +which you go; so take good heed to what I have shown you, lest you meet +with some who would feign to lead you right; but their way goes down to +death. + +Then he took him to a large room that was full of dust, for it had not +been swept; and Interpreter told his man to sweep it. Now when he did +so, such clouds of dust flew up, that it made Christian choke. + +Then said Interpreter to a maid that stood by; Make the floor moist that +the dust may not rise; and when she had done this, it was swept with +ease. + +Christian.--What means this? + +Interpreter.--This room is the heart of that man who knows not the grace +of God. The dust is his first sin and the vice that is in him. He that +swept first is the Law, but she who made the floor moist is The Book +which tells Good News to Man. Now as soon as you saw the first of these +sweep, the dust did so fly that the room could not be made clean by him; +this is to show you that the law as it works does not cleanse the heart +from sin, but gives strength to sin, so as to rouse it up in the soul. + +Then you next saw the maid come in to lay the dust; so is sin made clean +and laid low by faith in The Book. + +Now, said Christian, let me go hence. + +Well, said Interpreter, keep all things so in thy mind that they may be +a goad in thy sides; and may faith guide thee! + +Then I saw in my dream that the high way which Christian was to tread, +had a wall on each side, and the name of that wall was Salvation. Up +this high way did Christian run, but with great toil for the load on his +back. He ran thus till he drew near to a place on which stood a cross, +and at the foot of it a tomb. Just as Christian came up to the cross, +his load slid from his back, close to the mouth of the tomb, where it +fell in, and I saw it no more. + +Then was Christian glad, and said with a gay heart: He gives me rest by +his grief, and life by his death. + +Yet he stood still for a while, for he was struck with awe to think that +the sight of the cross should thus ease him of his load. Three or four +times did he look on the cross and the tomb, and the tears rose to his +eyes. As he stood thus and wept, lo, three Bright Ones came to him, and +one of them said: Peace be to thee! thou hast grace from thy sins. And +one came up to him to strip him of his rags and put a new robe on him, +while the third set a mark on his face, and gave him a roll with a +seal on it, which he bade him look on as he went, and give it at The +Celestial Gate; and then they left him. + +Christian gave three leaps for joy, and sang as he went: Ah, what a +place is this! Blest cross! Blest tomb! Nay, blest is the Lord that was +put to shame for me! + +He went on thus till he came to a vale where he saw three men who were +in a sound sleep, with chains on their feet. The name of one was Simple, +one Sloth, and the third Presumption. As Christian saw them lie in this +case, he went to wake them, and said: You are like those that sleep on +the top of a mast, for the Dead Sea is at your feet. Wake, rise, and +come with me. Trust me, and I will help you off with your chains. With +that they cast their eyes up to look at him, and Simple said: I would +fain take more sleep. Presumption said: Let each man look to his own. +And so they lay down to sleep once more. + +Then I saw in my dream that two men leapt from the top of the wall +and made great haste to come up to him. Their names were Formalist and +Hypocrisy. + +Christian.--Sirs, whence come you, and where do you go? + +Formalist and Hypocrisy.--We were born in the land of Vain-glory, and +are on our way to Mount Zion for praise. + +Christian.--Why came you not in at the Gate? Know you not that he that +comes not in at the door, but climbs up to get in, the same is a thief? + +They told him that to go through the gate was too far round; that the +best way was to make a short cut of it, and climb the wall, as they had +done. + +Christian.--But what will the Lord of the town to which we are bound +think of it, if we go not in the way of his will? + +They told Christian that he had no need for care on that score, for long +use had made it law, and they could prove that it had been so for years. +Christian.--But are you quite sure that your mode will stand a suit at +law? + +Yes, said they, no doubt of it. And if we get in the road at all, pray +what are the odds? If we are in, we are in; you are but in the way, who +come in at the gate, and we too are in the way that choose to climb the +wall. Is not our case as good as yours? + +Christian.--I walk by the rule of my Lord, but you walk by the rule of +your own lusts. The Lord of the way will count you as thieves, and you +will not be found true men in the end. + +I saw then that they all went on till they came to the foot of the Hill +of Difficulty, where there was a spring. There were in the same place +two more ways, one on the left hand and one on the right; but the path +that Christian was told to take went straight up the hill, and its name +is Difficulty, and he saw that the way of life lay there. + +Now when Christian got as far as the Spring of Life he drank of it, and +then went up the hill. But when the two men saw that it was steep and +high, and that there were three ways to choose from, one of them took +the path the name of which is Danger, and lost his way in a great wood, +and one of them went by the road of Destruction, which led him to a wide +field full of dark rocks, where he fell, and rose no more. I then saw +Christian go up the hill, where at first I could see him run, then walk, +and then go on his hands and knees, so steep was it. Now half way up was +a cave made by the Lord of that hill, that those who came by might rest +there. So here Christian sat down, and took out the scroll and read it, +till at last he fell off in a deep sleep which kept him there till it +was dusk; and while he slept his scroll fell from his hand. At length +a man came up to him and woke him, and said: Go to the ant, thou man of +sloth, and learn of her to be wise. + +At this Christian gave a start, and sped on his way, and went at a quick +pace. + +When he had got near to the top of the hill, two men ran up to meet him, +whose names were Timorous and Mistrust, to whom Christian said, Sirs, +what ails you? You run the wrong way. + +Timorous said that Zion was the hill they meant to climb, but that when +they had got half way they found that they met with more and more risk, +so that great fear came on them, and all they could do was to turn back. + +Yes, said Mistrust, for just in front of us there lay two beasts of prey +in our path; we knew not if they slept or not, but we thought that they +would fall on us and tear our limbs. + +Christian.--You rouse my fears. Where must I fly to be safe? If I go +back to my on town (Destruction) I am sure to lose my life, but if I can +get to The Celestial City, there shall I be safe. To turn back is death; +to go on is fear of death, but when I come there, a life of bliss that +knows no end. I will go on yet. + +So Mistrust and Timorous ran down the hill and Christian went on his +way. Yet he thought once more of what he had heard from the men, and +then he felt in his cloak for his scroll, that he might read it and find +some peace. He felt for it but found it not. Then was Christian in great +grief, and knew not what to do for the want of that which was to be his +pass to The Celestial City. At last, thought he: I slept in the cave +by the side of the hill. So he fell down on his knees to pray that God +would give him grace for this act; and then went back to look for his +scroll. But as he went, what tongue can tell the grief of Christian's +heart? Oh, fool that I am! said he, to sleep in the day time; so to give +way to the flesh as to use for ease that rest which the Lord of the hill +had made but for the help of the soul! + +Thus, then, with tears and sighs, he went back, and with much care did +he look on this side and on that for his scroll. At length he came near +to the cave where he had sat and slept. How far, thought Christian, have +I gone in vain! Such was the lot of the Jews for their sin; they were +sent back by the way of the Red Sea; and I am made to tread those steps +with grief which I might have trod with joy, had it not been for this +sleep. How far might I have been on my way by this time! I am made to +tread those steps thrice which I need not to have trod but once; yea, +now too I am like to be lost in the night, for the day is well nigh +spent. O that I had not slept! + +Now by this time he had come to the vale once more, where for a spell he +sat down and wept; but at last, as he cast a sad glance at the foot of +the bench, he saw his scroll, which he caught up with haste, and put in +his cloak. Words are too weak to tell the joy of Christian when he had +got back his scroll. He laid it up in the breast of his coat and gave +thanks to God. With what a light step did he now climb the hill! But, +ere he got to the top, the sun went down on Christian, and he soon saw +that two wild beast stood in his way. Ah, thought he, these beasts range +in the night for their prey; and if they should meet with me in the +dark, how should I fly from them? I see now the cause of all those fears +that drove Mistrust and Timorous back. + +Still Christian went on, and while he thought thus on this sad lot he +cast up his eyes and saw a great house in front of him, the name of +which was Beautiful, and it stood just by the side of the high road. So +he made haste and went on in the hope that he could rest there a while. +The name of the man who kept the lodge of that house was Watchful, and +when he saw that Christian made a halt as if he would go back, he came +out to him and said: Is thy strength so small? Fear not the two wild +beasts, for they are bound by chains, and are put here to try the faith +of those that have it, and to find out those that have none. Keep in the +midst of the path and no harm shall come to thee. + +Then I saw, in my dream, that still he went on in great dread of the +wild beasts; he heard them roar, yet they did him no harm; but when he +had gone by them he went on with joy, till he came and stood in front of +the lodge where Watchful dwelt. + +Christian.--Sir, what house is this? May I rest here to night? + +Watchful.--This house was built by the Lord of the Hill to give aid to +those who climb up it for the good cause. Tell me, whence come you? + +Christian.--I am come from the Town of Destruction, and am on my way to +Mount Zion; but the day is far spent, and I would, with your leave, pass +the night here. + +Watchful.--What is your name? + +Christian.--My name is now Christian, but at first it was Graceless. + +Watchful.--How is it you came so late? The sun is set. + +Christian then told him why it was. + +Watchful.--Well, I will call one that lives here, who, if she like your +talk, will let you come in, for these are the rules of the house. + +So he rang a bell, at the sound of which there came out at the door a +grave and fair maid, whose name was Discretion. When Watchful told her +why Christian had come there, she said: What is your name? + +It is Christian, said he, and I much wish to rest here to night, and +the more so for I see this place was build by the Lord of the Hill, to +screen those from harm who come to it. + +So she gave a smile, but the tears stood in her eyes; and in a short +time she said: I will call forth two or three more of our house, and +then she ran to the door and brought in Prudence, Piety, and Charity, +who met him and said: Come in, thou blest of the Lord; this house was +built by the King of the Hill for such as you. Then Christian bent down +his head, and went with them to the house. + +Piety.--Come, good Christian, since our love prompts us to take you in +to rest, let us talk with you of all that you have seen on your way. + +Christian.--With a right good will, and I am glad that you should ask it +of me. + +Prudence.--And, first, say what is it that makes you wish so much to go +to Mount Zion? + +Christian.--Why there I hope to see Him that did die on the Cross; and +there I hope to be rid of all those thing that to this day grieve and +vex me. There, they say, is no death; and there I shall dwell with such +as love the Lord. + +Charity.--Have you a wife and babes? + +Christian.--Yes, I have. + +Charity.--And why did you not bring them with you? + +Christian then wept, and said: Oh, how glad should I have been to do so! +but they would not come with me, nor have me leave them. + +Charity.--And did you pray to God to put it in their hearts to go with +you? + +Christian.--Yes, and that with much warmth, for you may think how dear +they were to me. + +Thus did Christian talk with these friends till it grew dark, and then +he took his rest in a large room, the name of which was Peace; there he +slept till break of day, and then he sang a hymn. + +They told him that he should not leave till they had shown him all the +rare things that were in that place. There were to be seen the rod of +Moses, the nail with which Jail slew Sisera, the lamps with which Gideon +put to flight the host of Midian, and the ox goad with which Shamgar +slew his foes. And they brought out the jaw bone of an ass with which +Samson did such great feats, and the sling and stone with which David +slew Goliath of Gath. + +Then I saw in my dream that Christian rose to take his leave of +Discretion, and of Prudence, Piety, and Charity, but they said that he +must stay till the next day, that they might show him The Delectable +Mountains; so they took him to the top of the house, and bade him look +to the South, which he did, and lo, a great way off, he saw a rich land, +full of hills, woods, vines, shrubs, and streams. + +What is the name of this land? said Christian. + +Then they told him it was Immanuel's Land. And, said they, It is as much +meant for you, and the like of you, as this hill is; and when you reach +the place, there you may see the gate of The Celestial City. Then they +gave him a sword, and put on him a coat of mail, which was proof from +head to foot, lest he should meet some foe in the way; and they went +with him down the hill. + +Of a truth, said Christian, it is as great a toil to come down the hill +as it was to go up. + +Prudence.--So it is, for it is a hard thing for a man to go down to The +Vale of Humiliation, as thou dost now, and for this cause have we come +with you to the foot of the hill. So, though he went with great care, +yet he caught a slip or two. + +Then in my dream I saw that when they had got to the foot of the hill, +these good friends of Christian's gave him a loaf of bread, a flask of +wine, and a bunch of dry grapes; and then they left him to go on his +way. + +But now in this Vale of Humiliation poor Christian was hard put to it, +for he had not gone far, ere he saw a foe come in the field to meet him, +whose name was Apollyon. Then did Christian fear, and he cast in his +mind if he would go back or stand his ground. But Christian thought that +as he had no coat of mail on his back, to turn round might give Apollyon +a chance to pierce it with his darts. So he stood his ground, For, +thought he, if but to save my life were all I had in view, still the +best way would be to stand. + +So he went on, and Apollyon met him with looks of scorn. + +Apollyon.--Whence come you, and to what place are you bound? + +Christian.--I am come from The City of Destruction, which is a place of +all sin, and I am on my way to Zion. + +Apollyon.--By this I see you are mine, for of all that land I am the +Prince. How is it, then, that you have left your king? Were it not that +I have a hope that you may do me more good, I would strike you to the +ground with one blow. + +Christian.--I was born in your realm, it is true, but you drove us too +hard, and your wage was such as no man could live on. + +Apollyon.--No prince likes to lose his men, nor will I as yet lose you; +so if you will come back, what my realm yields I will give you. + +Christian.--But I am bound by vows to the King of Kings; and how can I, +to be true, go back with you? + +Apollyon.--You have made a change, it seems, from bad to worse; but why +not give Him the slip, and come back with me? + +Christian.--I gave Him my faith, and swore to be true to Him: how can I +go back from this? + +Apollyon.--You did the same to me, and yet I will pass by all, if you +will but turn and go back. + +Then, when Apollyon saw that Christian was stanch to his Prince, he +broke out in a great rage, and said, I hate that Prince, and I hate his +laws, and I am come out to stop you. + +Christian.--Take heed what you do. I am on the King's high way to Zion. + +Apollyon.--I am void of fear, and to prove that I mean what I say, here +on this spot I will put thee to death. With that he threw a dart of +fire at his breast, but Christian had a shield on his arm, with which he +caught it. Then did Christian draw his sword, for he saw it was time +to stir; and Apollyon as fast made at him, and threw darts as thick as +hail; with which, in spite of all that Christian could do, Apollyon gave +him wounds in his head, hand, and foot. + +This made Christian pause in the fight for a time, but Apollyon still +came on, and Christian once more took heart. They fought for half a day, +till Christian, weak from his wounds, was well nigh spent in strength. +When Apollyon saw this, he threw him down with a great force; on which +Christian's sword fell out of his hand. Then said Apollyon, I am sure of +thee now. + +But while he strove to make an end of Christian, that good man put out +his hand in haste to feel for his sword, and caught it. Boast not, oh +Apollyon! said he, and with that he struck him a blow which made his +foe reel back as one that had had his last wound. Then he spread out his +wings and fled, so that Christian for a time saw him no more. + +Then there came to him a hand which held some of the leaves of the tree +of life; some of them Christian took, and as soon as he had put them to +his wounds, he saw them heal up. + +Now near this place was the Valley of the Shadow of Death, and Christian +must needs go through it to get to The Celestial City. It was a land of +drought and full of pits, a land that none but such as Christian could +pass through, and where no man dwelt. So that here he was worst put to +it than in his fight with Apollyon, which by and by we shall see. + +As he drew near the Shadow of Death he met with two men, to whom +Christian thus spoke: To what place do you go? + +Men.--Back! Back! and we would have you do the same if you prize life +and peace. + +Christian.--But why? + +Men.--We went on as far as we durst. + +Christian.--What then have you seen? + +Men.--Seen! Why the Valley of the Shadow of Death; but by dint of good +luck we caught sight of what lay in front of it, ere we came up. Death +doth spread out his wings there. In a word it is a place full of bad +men, where no law dwells. + +Christian.--I see not yet, by what you have told me, but that this is my +way to Zion. + +Men.--Be it thy way then; we will not choose it for ours. + +So they took their leave, and Christian went on, but still with his +drawn sword in his hand, for fear lest he should meet once more with a +foe. + +I saw then in my dream that so far as this vale went, there was on the +right hand a deep ditch; that ditch to which the blind have led the +blind as long as the world has been made. And, lo, on the left hand +there was a quag. in which if a man fall, he will find no firm ground +for his foot to stand on. The path way was not broad, and so good +Christian was the more put to it. This went on for miles, and in the +midst of that vale was a deep pit. One thing which I saw in my dream +I must not leave out; it was this:--Just as Christian had come to the +mouth of the pit, one of those who dwelt in it swept up to him, and in +a soft tone spoke bad things to him, and took God's name in vain, which +Christian thought must have come from his own mind. This put him out +more than all the rest had done; to think that he should take that name +in vain for which he felt so deep a love, was a great grief to him. Yet +there was no help for it. Then he thought he heard a voice which said: +Though I walk through the Valley of the Shadow of Death, I will fear no +harm for thou art with me. + +Now as Christian went on, he found there was a rise in the road, which +had been thrown up that that path might be clear to those who were bound +for Zion. Up this road Christian went, and saw his old friend Faithful a +short way off. + +Then said Christian: Ha, my friend, are you here? Stay, and I will join +you. + +This ere long he did, and they spoke of all that had come to pass since +they had last met. + +In course of time the road they took brought them to a town, the name of +which is Vanity, where there is a fair kept through the whole year, and +all that is bought or sold there is vain and void of worth. There, +too, are to be seen at all times games, plays, fools, apes, knaves, +and rogues. Yet he that will go to The Celestial City must needs pass +through this fair. + +As soon as Christian and Faithful came to the town, a crowd drew round +them, and some said they had lost their wits, to dress and speak as they +did, and to set no store by the choice goods for sale in Vanity Fair. +When Christian spoke, his words brought from these folks fierce taunts +and jeers, and soon the noise and stir grew to such a height that the +chief man of the fair sent his friends to take up these two strange men, +and he bade them tell him whence they came, and what they did there in +such a garb. Christian and Faithful told them all; but those who sat to +judge the case thought that they must be mad, or else that they had come +to stir up strife at the fair; so they beat them with sticks, and put +them in a cage, that they might be a sight for all the men at the fair. +Then the worse sort of folks set to pelt them with mud out of spite, +and some threw stones at them for mere sport; but Christian and Faithful +gave good words for bad, and bore all in such a meek way, that not a few +took their part. This led to blows and fights, and the blame was laid on +Christian and Faithful, who were then made to toil up and down the fair +in chains, till, faint with stripes, they were at length set with their +feet in the stocks. But they bore their griefs and woes with joy, for +they saw in them a pledge that all should be well in the end. + +By and by a court sat to try them: the name of the judge was Lord +Hate-good; and the crime laid to their charge was that they had come to +Vanity Fair to spoil its trade, and stir up strife in the town; and had +won not a few men to their side, in spite of the prince of the place. + +Faithful said to the Judge: I am a man of peace, and did but wage war on +Sin. As for the prince they speak of, since he is Beelzebub, I hold him +in scorn. + +Those who took Faithful's part were won by the force of plain truth and +right in his words; but the judge said, Let those speak who know aught +of this man. + +So three men, whose names were Envy, Superstition, and Pick-thank, stood +forth and swore to speak the truth, and tell what they knew of Faithful. +Envy said: My lord, this man cares nought for kings or laws, but seeks +to spread his own views, and to teach men what he calls faith. I heard +him say but just now that the ways of our town of Vanity are vile. And +does he not in that speak ill of us? + +Then Superstition said: My lord, I know not much of this man, and have +no wish to know more, but of this I am sure, that he is a bad man, for +he says that our creeds are vain. + +Pick-thank was then bid to say what he knew, and his speech ran thus: +My lord, I have known this man for a long time, and have heard him +say things that ought not to be said. He rails at our great Prince +Beelzebub, and says that if all men were of his mind, that prince should +no more hold sway here. More than this, he hath been heard to rail on +you, my lord, who are now his judge. + +Then said the Judge to Faithful: Thou base man! Hast though heard what +these folk have said of thee? + +Faithful.--May I speak a few words in my own cause? + +Judge.--Thy just doom would be to die on the spot; still, let us hear +what thou hast to say. + +Faithful.--I say, then, to Mr. Envy, that all laws and modes of life in +which men heed not the Word of God are full of sin. As to the charge of +Mr. Superstition, I would urge that nought can save us if we do not +the will of God. To Mr. Pick-thank, I say that men should flee from the +Prince of this town and his friends, as from the wrath to come and so, I +pray the Lord to help me. + +Then the Judge, to sum up the case, spoke thus: You see this man who has +made such a stir in our town. You have heard what these good men have +said of him, which he owns to be true. It rests now to you to save his +life or hang him. + +The twelve men who had Faithful's life in their hands spoke in a low +tone thus: This man is full of schisms, said Mr. Blind-man. Out of the +world with him, said Mr. No-good. I hate the mere look of him, said Mr. +Malice. From the first I could not bear him, said Mr. Love-ease. Nor I, +for he would be sure to blame my ways, said Mr. Live-loose. Hang him, +hang him! said Mr. Heady. A low wretch! said Mr. High-mind. I long to +crush him, said Mr. Enmity. He is a rogue, said Mr. Liar. Death is too +good for him, said Mr. Cruelty. Let us kill him, that he may be out of +the way, said Mr. Hate-light. Then said Mr. Implacable: Not to gain all +the world would I make peace with him, so let us doom him to death. +And so they did, and in a short time he was led back to the place from +whence he came, there to be put to the worst death that could be thought +of; for the scourge, the sword, and the stake brought Faithful to his +end. + +Now I saw that there stood near the crowd a strange car with two bright +steeds, which, as soon as his foes had slain him, took Faithful up +through the clouds straight to The Celestial City, with the sound of the +harp and lute. + +As for Christian, for this time he got free; and there came to him one +Hopeful, who did so from what he had heard and seen of Christian and +Faithful. Thus, while one lost his life for the truth, a new man rose +from his death, to tread the same way with Christian. And Hopeful said +there were more men of the fair who would take their time, and then come +too. + +By and by their way lay just on the bank of a pure stream, from which +they drank. On each side of it were green trees that bore fruit, and in +a field through which it ran they lay down to sleep. When they woke up +they sat for a while in the shade of the boughs; thus they went on for +three or four days, and to pass the time they sang: + +He that can tell What sweet fresh fruit, yea leaves these trees do +yield, Will soon sell all, that he may buy this field. + +Now on the left hand of the road was By-path Meadow, a fair green field +with a path through it, and a stile. Come, good Hopeful, said Christian, +let us walk on the grass. + +Hopeful.--But what if this path should lead us wrong? + +Christian.--How can it? Look, doth it not go by the way side? + +So they set off through the field. But they had not gone far when they +saw in front of them a man, Vain-confidence by name, who told them that +the path led to The Celestial Gate. So the man went first; but lo, the +night came on, and it grew so dark that they lost sight of their guide, +who, as he did not see the path in front of him, fell in a deep pit, and +was heard of no more. + +Where are we now? said Hopeful. + +Then was Christian mute, as he thought he had led his friend out of the +way. And now light was seen to flash from the sky, and rain came down in +streams. + +Hopeful (with a groan) Oh, that I had kept on my way! + +Christian.--Who could have thought that this path should lead us wrong? + +Hopeful.--I had my fears from the first, and so gave you a hint. + +Christian.--Good friend, I grieve that I have brought you out of the +right path. + +Hopeful.--Say no more, no doubt it is for our good. + +Christian.--We must not stand thus; let us try to go back. + +Hopeful.--But, good Christian, let me go first. + +Then they heard a voice say: Set thine heart to the high way, the way +thou hast been: turn once more. But by this time the stream was deep +from the rain that fell, and to go back did not seem safe; yet they +went back, though it was so dark and the stream ran so high that once or +twice it was like to drown them. Nor could they, with all their skill, +get back that night. So they found a screen from the rain, and there +they slept till break of day. + +Now, not far from the place where they lay was Doubting Castle, the +lord of which was Giant Despair; and it was on his ground that they now +slept. There Giant Despair found them, and with a gruff voice he bade +them wake. Whence are you? said he; and what brought you here? They told +him that they had lost the path. Then said Giant Despair: You have no +right to force your way in here; the ground on which you lie is mine. + +They had not much to say, as they knew that they were in fault. So Giant +Despair drove them on, and put them in a dark and foul cell in a strong +hold. Here they were kept for three days, and they had no light nor food +nor a drop to drink all that time, and no one to ask them how they did. +Now Giant Despair had a wife, whose name was Diffidence, and he told her +what he had done. Then said he, What will be the best way to treat them? +Beat them well, said Diffidence. So when he rose he took a stout stick +from a crab tree, and went down to the cell where poor Christian and +Hopeful lay, and beat them as if they had been dogs, so that they could +not turn on the floor; and they spent all that day in sighs and tears. + +The next day he came once more, and found them sore from the stripes, +and said that since there was no chance for them to be let out of the +cell, their best way would be to put an end to their own lives: For why +should you wish to live, said he, with all this woe? But they told him +they did hope he would let them go. With that he sprang up with a fierce +look, and no doubt would have made an end of them, but that he fell in a +fit for a time, and lost the use of his hand; so he drew back, and left +them to think of what he had said. + +Christian.--Friend, what shall we do? The life that we now lead is worse +than death. For my part I know not which is best, to live thus, or to +die at our own hand, as I feel that the grave would be less sad to me +than this cell. Shall we let Giant Despair rule us? + +Hopeful.--In good truth our case is a sad one, and to die would be more +sweet to me than to live here; yet let us bear in mind that the Lord of +that land to which we go hath said: 'Thou shalt not kill.' And by this +act we kill our souls as well. My friend Christian, you talk of ease in +the grave, but can a man go to bliss who takes his own life? All the law +is not in the hands of Giant Despair. Who knows but that God, who made +the world, may cause him to die, or lose the use of his limbs as he did +at first. I have made up my mind to pluck up the heart of a man, and to +try to get out of this strait. Fool that I was not to do so when first +he came to the cell. But let us not put an end to our own lives, for a +good time may come yet. + +By these words did Hopeful change the tone of Christian's mind. + +Well, at night the Giant went down to the cell to see if life was still +in them, and in good truth that life was in them was all that could be +said, for from their wounds and want of food they did no more than just +breathe. When Giant Despair found they were not dead, he fell in a great +rage, and said that it should be worse with them if they had not been +born. At this they shook with fear, and Christian fell down in a swoon; +but when he came to, Hopeful said: My friend, call to mind how strong in +faith you have been till now. Say, could Apollyon hurt you, or all that +you heard, or saw, or felt in the Valley of the Shadow of Death? Look at +the fears, the griefs, the woes that you have gone through. And now to +be cast down! I, too, am in this cell, far more weak a man than you, and +Giant Despair dealt his blows at me as well as you, and keeps me from +food and light. Let us both (if but to shun the shame) bear up as well +as we can. + +When night came on, the wife of Giant Despair said to him: Well, will +the two men yield? + +To which he said: No; they choose to stand firm, and will not put an end +to their lives. + +Then said Mrs. Diffidence: At dawn of day take them to the yard, and +show them the graves where all those whom you have put to death have +been thrown, and make use of threats this time. + +So Giant Despair took them to this place, and said: In ten days time you +shall be thrown in here if you do not yield. Go; get you down to your +den once more. With that he beat them all the way back, and there they +lay the whole day in a sad plight. + +Now, when night was come, Mrs. Diffidence said to Giant Despair: I fear +much that these men live on in hopes to pick the lock of the cell and +get free. + +Dost thou say so, my dear? quoth Giant Despair to his wife; then at sun +rise I will search them. + +Now, on that night, as Christian and Hopeful lay in the den, they fell +on their knees to pray, and knelt till the day broke; when Christian +gave a start, and said: Fool that I am thus to lie in this dark den when +I might walk at large! I have a key in my pouch, the name of which +is Promise, that, I feel sure, will turn the lock of all the doors in +Doubting Castle. + +Then said Hopeful: That is good news; pluck it from thy breast, and let +us try it. + +So Christian put it in the lock, when the bolt sprang back, the door +flew wide, and Christian and Hopeful both came out. When they got to the +yard door the key did just as well; but the lock of the last strong gate +of Doubting Castle went hard, yet it did turn at last, though the hinge +gave so loud a creak that it woke up Giant Despair, who rose to seek +for the two men. But just then he felt his limbs fail, for a fit came +on him, so that he could by no means reach their cell. Christian and +Hopeful now fled back to the high way, and were safe out of his grounds. +When they sat down to rest on a stile, they said they would warn those +who might chance to come on this road. So they cut these words on +a post: This is the way to Doubting Castle, which is kept by Giant +Despair, who loves not the King of the Celestial Country, and seeks to +kill all who would go there. + +Then they came to The Delectable Mountains, which the Lord of the Hill +owns. Here they saw fruit trees, vines, shrubs, woods, and streams, and +drank and ate of the grapes. Now there were men at the tops of these +hills who kept watch on their flocks, and as they stood by the high way, +Christian and Hopeful leant on their staves to rest, while thus they +spoke to the men: Who owns these Delectable Mountains, and whose are the +sheep that feed on them? + +Men.--These hills are Immanuel's, and the sheep are His too, and He laid +down his life for them. + +Christian.--Is this the way to The Celestial City? + +Men.--You are in the right road. + +Christian.--How far is it? + +Men.--Too far for all but those that shall get there, in good truth. + +Christian.--Is the way safe? + +Men.--Safe for those for whom it is to be safe; but the men of sin shall +fall there. + +Christian.--Is there a place of rest here for those that faint on the +road? + +Men.--The Lord of these Hills gave us a charge to help those that came +here, should they be known to us or not; so all the good things of the +place are yours. + +I then saw in my dream that the men said: Whence come you, and by what +means have you got so far? For but few of those that set out come here +to show their face on these hills. + +So when Christian and Hopeful told their tale, the men cast a kind +glance at them, and said: With joy we greet you on The Delectable +Mountains! + +Their names were Knowledge, Experience, Watchful, and Sincere, and they +led Christian and Hopeful by the hand to their tents, and bade them eat +of that which was there, and they soon went to their rest for the night. + +When the morn broke, the men woke up Christian and Hopeful, and took +them to a spot whence they saw a bright view on all sides. Then they +went with them to the top of a high hill, the name of which was Error; +it was steep on the far off side, and they bade them look down to the +foot of it. So Christian and Hopeful cast their eyes down, and saw there +some men who had lost their lives by a fall from the top; men who had +been made to err, for they had put their trust in false guides. + +Have you not heard of them? said the men. + +Christian.--Yes, I have. + +Men.--These are they, and to this day they have not been put in a tomb, +but are left here to warn men to take good heed how they come too near +the brink of this hill. + +Then I saw that they had led them to the top of Mount Caution, and bade +them look far off. From that stile, said they, there goes a path to +Doubting Castle, which is kept by Giant Despair, and the men whom you +see there came as you do now, till they got up to that stile; and, as +the right way was rough to walk in, they chose to go through a field, +and there Giant Despair took them, and shut them up in Doubting Castle, +where they were kept in a den for a while, till he at last sent them out +quite blind, and there they are still. At this Christian gave a look at +Hopeful, and they both burst out with sobs and tears, but yet said not a +word. + +Then the four men took them up a high hill, the name of which was Clear, +that they might see the gates of The Celestial City, with the aid of +a glass to look through, but their hands shook, so they could not see +well. + +When Christian and Hopeful thought they would move on, one of the men +gave them a note of the way, and the next (Experience by name) bade them +take heed that they slept not on The Enchanted Ground, and the fourth +bade them God Speed. Now it was that I woke from my dream. + +Then I slept, and dreamt once more, and saw Christian and Hopeful go +down near the foot of these hills, where lies the land of Conceit, which +joins the way to Mount Zion, by a small lane. Here they met a brisk lad, +whose name was Ignorance, to whom Christian said: Whence come you, and +to what place do you go? + +Ignorance.--Sir, I was born in the land that lies off there on the left, +and I wish to go to The Celestial City. + +Christian.--How do you think to get in at the gate? + +Ignorance.--Just as the rest of the world do. + +Christian.--But what have you to show at that gate to pass you through +it? + +Ignorance.--I know my Lord's will, and I have led a good life; I pay for +all that I have, I give tithes, and give alms, and have left my own land +for that to which I now go. + +Christian.--But you came not in at the gate that is at the head of this +way, you came in through a small lane; so that I fear, though you may +think well of all you have done, that when the time shall come, you will +have this laid to your charge, that you are a thief and so you will not +get in. + +Ignorance.--Well, since I know you not; you keep to your own creed, and +I will keep to mine, and I hope all will be well. And as for the gate +that you talk of, all the world knows that it is far from our land, and +I do not think that there is a man in all our parts who does so much +as know the way to it, and I see not what need there is that he should, +since we have, as you see, a fine green lane at the next turn that comes +down from our part of the world. + +Christian said in a low tone of voice to Hopeful: There is more hope of +a fool than of him. + +Hopeful.--Let us pass on if you will, and talk to him by and by, when, +may be, he can bear it. + +So they went on, and Ignorance trod in their steps a short way from +them, till they saw a road branch off from the one they were in, and +they knew not which of the two to take. + +As they stood to think of it, a man whose skin was black, but who was +clad in a white robe, came to them and said: Why do you stand here? They +told him that they were on their way to The Celestial City, but knew not +which of the two roads to take. + +Come with me, then, said the man, for it is there that I mean to go. + +So they went with him, though it was clear that the road must have made +a bend, for they found they would soon turn their backs on The Celestial +City. + +Ere long, Christian and Hopeful were both caught in a net, and knew not +what to do; and with that the white robe fell off the black man's back. + +Then they saw where they were. So there they sat down and wept. + +Christian.--Did not one of the four men who kept guard on their sheep +tell us to take heed lest Flatterer should spread a net for out feet? + +Hopeful.--Those men, too, gave us a note of the way, but we have not +read it, and so have not kept in the right path. Thus they lay in the +net to weep and wail. + +At last they saw a Bright One come up to them with a whip of fine cord +in his hand, who said: What do you here? Whence come you? + +They told him that their wish was to go to Zion, but that they had been +led out of the way by a black man with a white cloak on, who, as he was +bound for the same place, said he would show them the road. + +Then said he: It is Flatterer, a false man, who has put on the garb of a +Bright One for a time. + +So he rent the net and let the men out. Then he bade them come with him, +that he might set them on the right way once more. He said: Where were +you last night? + +Quoth they: With the men who kept watch of their sheep on The Delectable +Mountains. + +Then he said: But when you were at a stand why did you not read your +note? + +They told him they had not thought of it. + +Now I saw in my dream that he bade them lie down, and whipt them sore, +to teach them the good way in which they should walk; and he said: Those +whom I love I serve thus. + +So they gave him thanks for what he had taught them, and went on the +right way up the hill with a song of joy. + +At length they came to a land the air of which made men sleep, and here +the lids of Hopeful's eyes dropped, and he said: Let us lie down here +and take a nap. + +Christian.--By no means, lest if we sleep we wake no more. + +Hopeful.--Nay, friend Christian, sleep is sweet to the man who has spent +the day in toil. + +Christian.--Do you not call to mind that one of the men who kept watch +of the sheep bade us take care of The Enchanted Ground? He meant by that +that we should take heed not to sleep; so let us not sleep, but watch. + +Hopeful.--I see I am in fault. + +Christian.--Now then, to keep sleep from our eyes I will ask you, as we +go, to tell me how you came at first to do as you do now? + +Hopeful.--Do you mean how came I first to look to the good of my soul? + +Christian.--Yes. + +Hopeful.--For a long time the things that were seen and sold at Vanity +Fair were a great joy to me. + +Christian.--What things do you speak of? + +Hopeful.--All the good of this life; such as lies, oaths, drink; in a +word, love of self and all that tend to kill the soul. But I heard from +you and Faithful that the end of these things is death. + +Thus did they talk as they went on their way. + +But I saw in my dream that by this time Christian and Hopeful had got +through The Enchanted Ground and had come to the land of Beulah, where +the air is sweet; and as their way lay through this land, they made no +haste to quit it, for here they heard the birds sing all day long, and +the sun shone day and night; the Valley of Death was on the left, and it +was out of the reach of Giant Despair; nor could they from this place so +much as see Doubting Castle. + +Now were they in sight of Zion, and here some of the Bright Ones came to +meet them. Here, too, they heard the voice of those who dwelt in Zion, +and had a good view of this land of bliss, which was built of rare gems +of all hues, and the streets were laid with gold. So that the rays of +light which shone on Christian were too bright for him to bear, and he +fell sick, and Hopeful had a fit of the same kind. So they lay by for a +time, and wept, for their joy was too much for them. + +At length, step by step, they drew near to Zion, and saw that the gates +were flung back. + +A man stood in the way, to whom Christian and Hopeful said: Whose vines +and crops are these? + +He told them they were the king's and were put there to give joy to +those who should go on the road. So he bade them eat what fruit they +chose, and took them to see the king's walks; where they slept. + +Now I saw in my dream that they spoke more in their sleep than they had +done all the rest of the way, and I could but muse at this, but the man +said: Why do you muse at it? The juice from the grapes of this vine is +so sweet as to cause the lips of them that sleep to speak. + +I then saw that when they woke, they would fain go up to Zion; but as I +said, the sun threw off such bright rays from The Celestial City, which +was built of pure gold, that they could not, as yet, look on it, save +through a glass made for that end. + +Now as they went, they met with two men in white robes, and the face of +each shone bright as the light. + +These men said: Whence come you? And when they had been told they said: +You have but one thing more to do, which is a hard one, and then you are +in Zion. + +Christian and Hopeful did then beg of the two men to go with them; which +they did. But, said they, It is by your own faith that you must gain it. + +Now 'twixt them and the gate was a fierce stream which was broad and +deep; it had no bridge, and the mere sight of it did so stun Christian +and Hopeful that they could not move. + +But the men who went with them said: You can not come to the gate but +through this stream. + +Is there no way but this one to the gate? said poor Christian. + +Yes, quoth they, but there have been but two men, to wit, Enoch and +Elijah who have trod that path since the world was made. + +When Christian and Hopeful cast their eyes on the stream once more, they +felt their hearts sink with fear, and gave a look this way and that +in much dread of the waves. Yet through it lay the way to Zion. Is the +stream all of one depth? said Christian. He was told that it was not, +yet that in that there was no help, for he would find the stream more or +less deep, as he had faith in the King of the place. So they set foot +on the stream, but Christian gave a loud cry to his good friend Hopeful, +and said: The waves close round my head, and I sink. Then said Hopeful: +Be of good cheer; my feet feel the bed of the stream, and it is good. + +But Christian said: Ah, Hopeful, the pains of death have got hold of me; +I shall not reach the land that I long for. And with that a cloud came +on his sight, so that he could not see. + +Hopeful had much to do to keep Christian's head out of the stream; nay, +at times he had quite sunk, and then in a while he would rise up half +dead. + +Then said Hopeful: My friend, all this is sent to try if you will call +to mind all that God has done for you, and live on Him in your heart. + +At these words Hopeful saw that Christian was in deep thought; so he +said to him: Be of good cheer, Christ will make thee whole. + +Then Christian broke out with a loud voice: Oh, I see Him, and He speaks +to me and says, When you pass through the deep streams, I will be with +you. + +And now they both got strength, and the stream was as still as a stone, +so that Christian felt the bed of it with his feet, and he could walk +through it. Thus they got to the right bank, where the two men in bright +robes stood to wait for them, and their clothes were left in the stream. + +Now you must bear in mind that Zion was on a steep hill, yet did +Christian and Hopeful go up with ease and great speed, for they had +these two men to lead them by the arms. + +The hill stood in the sky, for the base of it was there. So in sweet +talk they went up through the air. The Bright Ones told them of the +bliss of the place, which they said was such as no tongues could tell, +and that there they would see the Tree of Life, and eat of the fruit of +it. + +When you come there, said they, white robes will be put on you, and +your talk from day to day shall be with the King for all time. There you +shall not see such things as you saw on earth, to wit, care and want, +and woe and death. You now go to be with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. + +Christian and Hopeful.--What must we do there? + +They said: You will have rest for all your toil, and joy for all your +grief. You will reap what you have sown--the fruit of all the tears +you shed for the King by the way. In that place you will wear crowns of +gold, and have at all times a sight of Him who sits on the throne. There +you shall serve Him with love, with shouts of joy and with songs of +praise. + +Now, while they thus drew up to the gate, lo, a host of saints came to +meet them, to whom the two Bright Ones said: These are men who felt love +for our Lord when they were in the world, and left all for His name; +and He sent us to bring them far on their way, that they might go in and +look on their Lord with joy. + +Then the whole host with great shouts came round on all sides (as it +were to guard them); so that is would seem to Christian and Hopeful as +if all Zion had come down to meet them. + +Now, when Christian and Hopeful went in at the gate a great change took +place in them, and they were clad in robes that shone like gold. There +were bright hosts that came with harps and crowns, and they said to +them: Come, ye, in the joy of the Lord. And then I heard all the bells +in Zion ring. + +Now, just as the gates were flung back for the men to pass in, I had +a sight of Zion, which shone like the sun; the ground was of gold, and +those who dwelt there had love in their looks, crowns on their heads, +and palms in their hands, and with one voice they sent forth shouts of +praise. + +But the gates were now once more shut, and I could but wish that I, too, +had gone in to share this bliss. Then I woke, and, lo, it was a dream. + +END OF FIRST PART. + + + +PART II. + +Once more I had a dream, and it was this:--Christiana, the wife of +Christian, had been on her knees to pray, and as she rose, she heard a +loud knock at the door. If you come in God's name, said she, come in. +Then I thought in my dream that a form, clad in robes as white as snow, +threw back the door, and said, Peace be to this house. At a sight so +new to her, Christiana at first grew pale with fear, but in a short time +took heart and told him she would fain know whence he came, and why. So +he said his name was Secret, and that he dwelt with those that are on +high. Then said her guest: Christiana, here is a note for thee, which +I have brought from Christian. So she took it, broke the seal, and read +these words, which were in gold:--"To her who was my dear wife. The King +would have you do as I have done, for that was the way to come to this +land, and to dwell with Him in joy." When Christiana read this, she shed +tears, and said to him who brought the note, Sir, will you take me and +my sons with you, that we, too, may bow down to this king? But he said, +Christiana, joy is born of grief: care must come first, then bliss. To +reach the land where I dwell, thou must go through toils, as well as +scorn and taunts. But take the road that leads up to the field gate +which stands in the head of the way; and I wish you all good speed. I +would have thee wear this note in thy breast, that it may be read +by thee till thou must give it up at the last gate that leads to The +Celestial City. + +Then Christiana spoke to her boys, and said: My sons, I have of late +been sad at the death of Christian, your dear sire. But I feel sure now +that it is well with him, and that he dwells in the land of life and +peace. I have, too, felt deep grief at the thoughts of my own state and +yours; for we were wrong to let our hearts grow cold, and turn a deaf +ear to him in the time of his woe, and hold back from him when he fled +from this City of Destruction. + +The thought of these things would kill me, were it not for a dream which +I had last night, and for what a guest who came here at dawn has told +me. So come, my dear ones, let us make our way at once to the gate that +leads to The Celestial City, that we may see your sire and be there with +him and his friends. + +Then her first two sons burst out in tears of joy that Christiana's +heart was set that way. + +Now while they put all things right to go, two friends of Christiana's +came up to her house, and gave a knock at the door. To them she said, +If you come in God's name, come in. This mode of speech from the lips of +Christiana struck them as strange. Yet they came in, and said, Pray what +do you mean by this? + +I mean to leave my home, said she to Mrs. Timorous--for that was the +name of one of these friends. + +Timorous:--To what end, pray tell me? + +Christiana:--To go to my dear Christian. And with that she wept. + +Timorous:--Nay, can it be so? Who or what has brought you to this state +of mind? + +Christiana:--Oh, my friend, if you did but know as much as I do, I doubt +not that you would be glad to go with me. + +Timorous:--Pray what new lore have you got hold of that draws your mind +from your friends, and tempts you to go no one knows where? + +Christiana:--I dreamt last night that I saw Christian. Oh, that my soul +were with him now! The Prince of the place has sent for me, through one +who came to me at sun rise, and brought this note to bid me go there; +read it, I pray you. + +Timorous:--Ah, how mad to run such risks! You have heard, I am sure, +from our friend Obstinate, what Christian met with on the way, for he +went with him; yea, and Pliable, too, till they, like wise men, came +back through fear. You heard how he met with the beasts of prey and +Apollyon, what he saw in the Valley of the Shadow of Death, and more +still that makes my hair stand on end to hear of; think, too, of these +four sweet boys who are your own flesh and bone; and, though you should +be so rash as to wish to go, yet for their sale, I pray you keep at +home. + +But Christiana said: Tempt me not. I have now a chance put in my hand +to get gain, and in truth I should be a fool if I had not the heart to +grasp it. And these toils and snares that you tell me of shall not keep +me back; no, they serve but to show me that I am in the right. Care +must first be felt, then joy. So since you came not to my house in God's +name, as I said, I pray you to be gone, and tempt me no more. + +Then Timorous said to Mercy (who had come with her): Let us leave her in +her own hands, since she scorns all that I say. + +But Mercy thought that if her friend Christiana must be gone, she would +go part of the way with her to help her. She took some thought, too, of +her own soul, for what Christiana had said had laid hold on her mind, +and she felt she must have some talk with this friend; and if she found +that truth and life were in her words, she would join her with all her +heart. + +So Mercy said to Timorous: I came with you to see Christiana, and since +on this day she takes leave of the town, I think the least I can do +would be to walk a short way with her to help her on. But the rest she +kept from Timorous. + +Timorous:--Well, I see you have a mind to play the fool, too; but take +heed in good time, and be wise. + +So Mrs. Timorous went to her own house; and Christiana, with her four +boys and Mercy, went on their way. + +Mercy, said Christiana, I take this as a great boon that you should set +foot out of doors to start me on my way. + +Then said young Mercy (for she was quite young): If I thought it would +be good to join you, I would not go back at all to the town. + +Christiana:--Well, Mercy, cast your lot in with mine; I know what will +be the end of our toils. Christian is where he would not fail to be for +all the gold in the mines of Spain. Nor shall you be sent back, though +there be no one but I to ask it for you; for the King who has sent for +me and my boys is One who turns not from those who seek Him. If you like +I will hire you, and you shall go as my maid, and yet shall share all +things with me, so that you do but go. + +Mercy:--But how do I know that I shall be let in? If I thought I should +have help from Him from whom all help comes, I would make no pause, but +would go at once, let the way be as rough as it might. + +Christiana:--Well, Mercy, I will tell you what I would have you do. Go +with me as far as to the field gate, and there I will ask; and if no +hopes should be held out to you by Him who keeps the gate, you can but +go back to your home. + +Mercy: Well, I will go with you, and the Lord grant that my lot may be +cast to dwell in the land for which my heart yearns. + +Christiana then felt glad that she had a friend to join her, and that +her friend should have so great a care for her soul. + +So they went on their way; but the face of Mercy wore so sad a mien that +Christiana said to her, What ails you? Why do you weep? + +Mercy:--Oh, who could but weep to think of the state of my poor friends +near and dear to me, in our had town? + +Christiana:--You feel for your friends as my good Christian did for me +when he left me, for it went to his heart to find that I would not see +these things in the same light as he did. And now, you, I, and these +dear boys, reap the fruits of all his woes. I hope, Mercy, these tears +of yours will not be shed in vain, for He who could not lie, has said +that they who sow in tears shall reap in joy. + +Now when Christiana came up to the Slough Of Despond, she and her sons +made a stand, and Christiana told them that this was the place in which +her dear Christian fell. But Mercy said, Come, let us try; all we have +to do is to keep the steps well in view. Yet Christiana made a slip or +two in the mud; but at last they got through the slough, and then they +heard a voice say to them: Blest is she who hath faith, for those things +which were told her of the Lord shall come to pass. + +So now they went on once more, and Mercy said, Had I as good grounds +to hope to get in at the gate as you have, I think no Slough Of Despond +would keep me back. + +Well, said Christiana, you know your sore, and I know mine, and hard +toil will it be for both of us to get to the end of the way; for how +can we think that they who set out on a scheme of so much bliss, should +steer clear of frights and fears on their way to that bright bourn which +it is their aim to reach? + +When they came to the gate, it took them some time to make out a plan of +what they should say to Him who stood there; and as Mercy was not so old +as her friend, she said that it must rest with Christiana to speak for +all of them. So, she gave a knock, and then (like Christian) two more; +but no one came. + +Now they heard the fierce bark of a dog, which made them shake with +fear, nor did they dare for a while to knock a third time, lest the dog +should fly at them. So they were put to their wits' end to know what to +do: to knock they did not dare, for fear of the dog; to go back they did +not dare, lest He who kept the gate should see them as they went, and +might not like it. At last they gave a knock four times as loud as the +first. + +Then He who stood at the gate said, Who is there? The dog was heard to +bark no more, and the gate swung wide for them to come in. + +Christiana sank on her knees, and said, Let not our Lord be wroth that +we have made this loud noise at His gate. + +At this He said: Whence come you, and what is it that you would have? + +Quoth Christiana: We are come from the town whence Christian came, +to beg to be let in at this gate, that we may go on our way to The +Celestial City. I was once the wife of Christian, who now is in the land +of bliss. + +With that, He who kept the gate threw up His arms and said, What! is she +on her road to The Celestial City who, but a short time since, did hate +the life of that place? + +Then Christiana bent her head, and said, Yes, and so are these, my dear +sons. So He took her by the hand and led her in; and when her four sons +had gone through, He shut the gate. This done, He said to a man hard by, +Sound the horn for joy. + +But now that Christiana was safe through the gate with her boys, she +thought it time to speak a word for Mercy, so she said, My Lord, I have +a friend who stands at the gate, who has come here with the same trust +that I did; one whose heart is sad to think that she comes, it may be, +when she is not sent for; while I had word from Christian's King to +come. + +The time did so lag with poor Mercy while she stood to be let in, that +though it was but a short space, yet through fear and doubt did it seem +to her like an hour at least; and Christiana could not say more for +Mercy to Him who kept the gate for the knocks, which came so fast, and +were at last so loud that they made Christiana start. + +Then He said, Who is there? + +Quoth Christiana: It is my friend. + +So He threw back the gate to look out, but Mercy was in a swoon, from +the fear that she should not be let in. + +Then He took her by the hand and said, Fear not; stand firm on thy feet, +and tell me whence thou art come, and for what end? + +Mercy:--I do not come as my friend Christiana does, for I was not sent +for by the King, and I fear I am too bold. Yet if there is grace to +share, I pray Thee let me share it. + +Then He took her once more by the hand and led her in, and said, All may +come in who put their trust in me, let the means be what they may that +brought them here. + +Then He told those that stood by to bring her some myrrh, and in a while +she got well. + +Now I saw in my dream that he spoke good words to Mercy, Christiana, and +her boys, so as to make glad their hearts. And He took them up to the +top of the gate, where He left them for a while, and Christiana said: Oh +my dear friend, how glad am I that we have all got in! + +Mercy:--So you may well be; but most of all have I cause for joy. + +Christiana:--I thought at one time as I stood at the gate, and none came +to me, that all our pains had been lost. + +Mercy:--But my worst fears came when I saw Him who kept the gate grant +you your wish, and take no heed of me. And this brought to my mind the +two who ground at the same mill, and how I was the one who was left; and +I found it hard not to cry out, I am lost! I am lost! + +Christiana:--I thought you would have come in by rude force. + +Mercy:--Ah me! You saw that the door was shut on me, and that a fierce +hound was not far off. Who, with so faint a heart as mine, would not +give loud knocks with all her might? But, pray, what said my Lord at +this rude noise? Was He not wroth with me? + +Christiana:--When He heard your loud thumps at the door He gave a smile; +and to my mind, what you did would seem to please Him well. But it +is hard to guess why He keeps such a dog. Had I known of it, I fear I +should not have had the wish to come. But now we are in, we are safe; +and I am glad with all my heart. + +One of Christiana's boys said: Pray ask to have a chain put on the dog, +for it will bite us when we go hence. + +Then He who kept the gate came down to them once more, and Mercy fell +with her face to the ground, and said, Oh, let me bless and praise the +Lord with my lips! + +So He said to her, Peace be to thee; stand up. + +But she would not rise till she had heard from Him why He kept so fierce +a dog in the yard. He told her He did not own the dog, but that it was +shut up in the grounds of one who dwelt near. In truth, said He, it is +kept from no good will to me or mine, but to cause those who come here +to turn back from my gate by the sound of its voice. But hadst thou +known more of me thou wouldst not have felt fear of a dog. The poor man +who goes from door to door will, for the sake of alms, run the risk of a +bite from a cur; and shall a dog keep thee from me? + +Mercy:--I spoke of what I knew not; but, Lord, I know that Thou dost all +things well. + +Then Christiana rose as if she would go on her way. So He fed them, and +set them in the right path, as He had done to Christian. And as they +went, Christiana sang a hymn: "We turn our tears to joy, and our fears +to faith." + +They had not gone far when they saw some fruit trees, the boughs of +which hung from the top of a wall that was built around the grounds of +him who kept the fierce hound, and at times those that came that way +would eat them to their cost. So as they were ripe, Christiana's boys +threw them down and ate some of them; though Christiana chid them for +it, and said, That fruit is not ours. But she knew not then whose it +was. Still the boys would eat of it. + +Now when they had gone but a bow shot from the place, they saw two men, +who with bold looks came fast down the hill to meet them. With that, +Christiana and her friend Mercy, drew down their veils, and so kept on +their way, and the boys went on first. Then the men came up to them, but +Christiana said: Stand back, or go by in peace, as you should. Yet they +took no more heed of her words than if they had been deaf. + +Christiana, who did not like their looks, said, We are in haste, and can +not stay; our work is a work of life and death. With that she and the +rest made a fresh move to pass, but the men would not let them. So with +one voice they all set up a loud cry. Now, as they were not far from +the held gate, they were heard from that place, and some of those in the +lodge came out in haste to catch these bad men; when they soon leapt the +wall, and got safe to the grounds where the dog was kept. + +Reliever:--How was it that when you were at the gate you did not ask Him +who stood there to take you on your way, and guard you from harm? Had +you done so you would not have gone through these frights, for He would +have been sure to grant you your wish. + +Christiana:--Ah, Sir, the joy we felt when we were let in, drove from +our thoughts all fears to come. And how could we think that such had men +could lurk in such a place as that? True, it would have been well for +us if we had thought to ask Him; but since our Lord knew it would be for +our good, how came it to pass that He did not send some one with us? + +Reliever:--You did not ask. When the want of a thing is felt, that which +we wish for is worth all the more. + +Christiana:--Shall we go back to my Lord and tell Him we wish we had +been more wise, and ask for a guard? + +Reliever:--Go back you need not, for in no place where you go will you +find a want at all. + +When he had said this he took his leave, and the rest went on their way. + +Mercy:--What a blank is here! I made sure we had been past all risk, and +that we should see no more care. + +Christiana:--Your youth may plead for you, my friend, and screen you +from blame; but as for me, my fault is so much the worse in so far as +I knew what would take place ere I came out of my door. Mercy:--But how +could you know this ere you set out? + +Christiana:--Why, I will tell you. One night as I lay in bed, I had a +dream, in which I saw the whole scene as it took place just now. + +By this time Christiana, Mercy and the four boys had come to the house +of Interpreter. Now when they drew near to the door they heard the sound +of Christiana's name; for the news of her flight had made a great stir; +but they knew not that she stood at the door. At last she gave a knock, +as she had done at the gate, when there came to the door a young maid, +Innocent by name. + +Innocent:--With whom would you speak in this place? + +Christiana:--As we heard that this is a place of rest for those that go +by the way, we pray that we may be let in, for the day, as you see, is +far spent, and we are loth to go on by night. + +Innocent:--Pray what is your name, that I may tell it to my Lord? + +Christiana:--My name is Christiana; I was the wife of Christian, who +some time since came by this way, and these are his four sons. + +Innocent then ran in and said to those there, Can you guess who is at +the door? There are Christiana, her boys and her friend! + +So they leapt for joy, and went to tell it to their Lord, who came to +the door and said, Art thou that Christiana whom Christian left in the +town of Destruction, when he set out for The Celestial City? + +Christiana:--I am she, and my heart was so hard as to slight his woes, +and leave him to make his way as he could; and these are his four sons. +But I, too, am come, for I feel sure that no way is right but this. + +Interpreter:--But why do you stand at the door? Come in; it was but just +now that we spoke of you, for we heard that you were on your way. Come, +my dear boys, come in; come, my sweet maid, come in. So he took them +to the house, and bade them sit down and rest. All in the house wore a +smile of joy to think that Christiana was on her way to The Celestial +City, and they were glad to see the young ones walk in God's ways, and +gave them a kind of clasp of the hand to show their good will. They said +soft words, too, to Mercy, and bade them all be at their ease. To fill +up the time till they could sup, Interpreter took them to see all those +things that had been shown to Christian. This done, they were led to a +room in which stood a man with a prong in his hand, who could look no +way but down on the ground; and there stood one with a crown in his +hand, which he said he would give him for his prong; yet the first man +did not look up, but went on to rake the straws, dust, and stocks which +lay on the floor. + +Then said Christiana: I think I know what this means. It is a sketch of +a man of this world, is it not, good Sir? + +Interpreter:--Thou art right, and his prong shows that his mind is of +the earth, and that he thinks life in the next world is a mere song; +take note that he does not so much as look up; and straws, sticks, and +dust, with most, are the great things to live for. + +At that Christiana and Mercy wept, and said, Ah, yes, it is too true! + +Interpreter then took them to a room where were a hen and her chicks, +and bade them look well at them for a while. So one of the chicks went +to the trough to drink, and each time she drank would she lift up her +head and her eyes to the sky. + +See, said he, what this bird does, and learn of her to know whence all +good comes, and to give to the Lord who dwells on high, the praise and +thanks for it. Look once more, and see all the ways that the hen has +with her young brood. There is her call that goes on all day long; and +there is her call that comes but now and then; she has a third call +to shield them with her wings; and her fourth is a loud cry, which she +gives when she spies a foe. Now, said he, set her ways by the side of +your King's, and the ways of these chicks by the side of those who love +to do His will, and then you will see what I mean. For He has a way to +walk in with His saints. By the call that comes all day He gives nought; +by a call that is rare He is sure to have some good to give; then there +is a call, too, for those that would come to His wings, which He spreads +out to shield them; and He has a cry to warn men from those who might +hurt their souls. I choose scenes from real life, as they are not too +hard for you to grasp, when I fit them to your own case; and it is the +love I have for your souls that prompts me to show you these things. + +Christiana:--Pray let us see some more. + +Interpreter then took them to his field, which was sown with wheat and +corn; but when they came to look, the ears were cut off, and there was +nought but the straw left. + +Interpreter:--What shall we do with the crop? + +Christiana:--Burn some, and use the rest to dress the ground with. + +Interpreter:--Fruit, you see, is the thing you look for, and for want of +that you cast off the whole crop. Take heed that in this you do not seal +your own doom; for by fruit I mean works. + +Now when they came back to the house the meal was not yet spread, so did +Christiana beg of Interpreter to show or tell them some more things. + +Interpreter:--So much the more strong a man's health is, so much the +more prone is he to sin. The more fat the sow is, the more she loves +the mire. It is not so hard to sit up a night or two, as to watch for a +whole year; just as it is not so hard to start well as it is to hold +out to the end. One leak will sink a ship, and one sin will kill a man's +soul. If a man would live well, let him keep his last day in mind. + +Now when Christiana, Mercy and the boys bad all had a good night's rest, +they rose with the sun, and made a move to leave; but Interpreter told +them to wait a while. For, said he, you must go hence in due form, such +is the rule of the house. + +Then he told Innocent to take them to the bath, and there wash the +dust from them. This done, they came forth fresh and strong, and as +Interpreter said, Fair as the moon. + +Next he told those near him to bring the seal, and when it was brought +he set his mark on them that they might be known in each place where +they went. + +Then said Interpreter: Bring vests for them. And they were clad in robes +as white as snow, so that it made each start to see the rest shine with +so bright a light. + +Interpreter then sent for one of his men whose name was Great-heart, and +bade that he should be clad in a coat of mail, with sword and shield, +and that he should take them to a house, the name of which was +Beautiful, where they would rest. + +Then Interpreter took his leave of them, with a good wish for each. So +they went on their way, and thus they sang:-- + +"O move me, Lord, to watch and pray, From sin my heart to clear; To take +my cross up day by day, And serve the Lord with fear." + +They next came to the place where Christian's load had been lost in the +tomb. Here they made a pause, and gave thanks to Him who laid down His +life to save theirs. So now they went up the hill, which was so steep +that the toil made Christiana pant for breath. + +How can we doubt, said she, that they who love rest more than their +souls would choose some way on which they could go with more ease than +this? + +Then Mercy said, Come what may, I must rest for a while. + +And James, who was the least of the boys, gave way to tears. + +Come, Come! said Great-heart, sit not down here; for there is a seat +near us put there by the Prince. With this he took the young child by +the hand, and led him to it; and they were all glad to sit down, and to +be out of the heat of the sun's rays. + +Then said Mercy: How sweet is rest to them that work! And how good is +the Prince to place this seat here that such as we may rest! Of this +spot I have heard much, but let us take heed that we sleep not, for that +once cost poor Christian dear. + +Then said Mr. Great-heart: Well, my brave boys, how do you do? What +think you of this hill? + +Sir, said James, this hill beats me out of heart! And I see now that +what I have been told is true; the land of bliss is up steps; but still, +Sir, it is worse to go down hill to death than up hill to life. + +You are a good boy, said Great-heart. + +At this Mercy could but smile, and it made James blush. + +Christiana:--Come, will you not drink of this flask, and eat some fruit, +while we sit here to rest? For Mr. Interpreter put these in my hand as I +came out of his door. + +Now when they had sat there a while, their guide said to them: The day +runs on, and if you think well of it, let us now go on our way. + +So they all set out, the boys first, then the rest; but they had not +gone far when Christiana found she had left the flask, so she sent James +back to fetch it. + +Mercy:--I think this is the place where Christian lost his scroll. How +was this, Sir? + +Great-heart:--We may trace it to two things; one is sleep, and one is +that you cease to think of that which you cease to want; and when you +lose sight of a boon you lose sight of Him who grants it, and the joy of +it will end in tears. + +By and by they came to a small mound with a post on it, where these +words were cut, Let him who sees this post take heed of his heart and +his tongue that they be not false. Then they went on till they came up +to two large beasts of prey. + +Now Great-heart was a strong man, so he had no fear; but their fierce +looks made the boys start, and they all clung round Great-heart. + +How now, my boys! You march on first, as brave as can be, when there is +no cause for fear; but when a test of your strength comes, you shrink. + +Now when Great-heart drew his sword to force a way, there came up one +Giant Grim, who said in a gruff voice, What right have you to come here? + +Great-heart:--These folk are on their way to The Celestial City, and +this is the road they shall go, in spite of thee and the wild beasts. + +Grim:--This is not their way, nor shall they go on it. I am come forth +to stop them, and to that end will back the wild beasts. + +Now, to say the truth, so fierce were these beasts, and so grim the +looks of them that the road was grown with weeds and grass from want of +use. And still Grim bade them turn, For, said he, you shall not pass. + +But their guide came up, and struck so hard at him with his sword as to +force him to fall back. + +Giant Grim:--Will you slay me on my own ground? + +Great-heart:--It is the King's high way on which we stand, and in His +way it is that you have put these beasts. But these, who are in my +charge, though weak, shall hold on in spite of all. And with that he +dealt him a blow that brought him to the ground; so Giant Grim was +slain. + +Then Great-heart said, Come now with me, and you shall take no harm from +the two beasts. So they went by, but shook from head to foot at the mere +sight of their teeth and claws. + +At length they came in sight of the lodge, to which they soon went up, +but made the more haste to get there as it grew dusk. So when they were +come to the gate the guide gave a knock, and the man at the lodge said +in a loud voice, Who is there? + +Great-heart:--It is I + +Mr. Watchful:--How now, Mr. Great-heart? What has brought you here at +so late an hour? Then Great-heart told him that he had come with some +friends on their way to Zion. + +Mr. Watchful:--Will you go in and stay till the day dawns? + +Great-heart:--No, I will go back to my Lord to night. + +Christiana:--Ah, Sir, I know not how we can part with you, for it is to +your stout heart that we owe our lives. You have fought for us, you +have taught us what is right, and your faith and your love have known no +bounds. + +Mercy:--O that we could have you for our guide all the rest of the way! +For how can such weak folk as we are hold out in a path fraught with +toils and snares, if we have no friends to take us? + +James:--Pray, Sir, keep with us and help us, when the way we go is so +hard to find. + +Great-heart:--As my Lord wills, so must I do; if He send me to join you +once more, I shall be glad to wait on you. But it was here that you were +in fault at first, for when He bade me come thus far with you, if you +had said, We beg of you to let him go quite through with us, He would +have let me do so. But now I must go back; and so good Christiana, Mercy +and my dear boys, fare ye all well. + +Then did Watchful, who kept the lodge, ask Christiana whence she had +come and who her friends were. + +Christiana:--I come from The City of Destruction, and I was the wife of +one Christian, who is dead. + +Then Watchful rang the hell, as at such times he is wont, and there came +to the door a maid, to whom he said: Go, make it known that Christiana, +the wife of Christian, and her four boys are come on their way to The +Celestial City.. + +So she went in and told all this. And, oh, what shouts of joy were sent +forth when those words fell from her mouth! So all came with haste to +Watchful; for Christiana still stood at the door. + +Some of the most grave said to her, Christiana, come in, thou wife of +that good man, come in, thou blest one, come in, with all that are with +thee. + +So she went in, and the rest with her. They then bade them sit down in +a large room, where the chief of the house came to see them and to cheer +his guests. Then he gave each of them a kiss. But as it was late, and +Christiana and the rest were faint with the great fright they had had, +they would fain have gone to rest. + +Nay, said those of the house, take first some meat; for as Watchful had +heard that they were on their way, a lamb had been slain for them When +the meal had come to an end, and they had sung a psalm, Christiana said, +If we may be so bold as to choose, let us be in that room which was +Christian's when he was here. + +So they took them there, but ere she went to sleep, Christiana said, I +did not think when my poor Christian set off with his load on his back +that I should do the same thing. + +Mercy:--No, nor did you think then that you should rest in the same room +as he had done. + +Christiana:--And less still to see his dear face once more who was dead +and gone, and to praise the Lord the King with him; and yet now I think +I shall. + +Mercy:--Do you not hear a noise? + +Christiana:--Hark! as far as I can make out, the sounds we hear come +from the lute, the pipe, and the horn. + +Mercy:--Sweet sounds in the house, sweet sounds in the air, sweet sounds +in the heart, for joy that we are here. + +Thus did Christiana and Mercy chat, and they, then slept. + +Now at dawn when they woke up, Christiana said to Mercy: What was it +that made you laugh in your sleep last night? Were you in a dream? + +Mercy:--Yes, and a sweet dream it was. But are you sure that I did +laugh? + +Christiana:--Yes, you gave a laugh as if from your heart of hearts. Do +pray, Mercy, tell it to me. + +Mercy:--I dreamt that I lay in some lone wood to weep and wail, for that +my heart should be so hard a one. Now I had not been there long when I +thought there were some who had come to hear me speak in my sleep; but I +went on with my moans. At this they said with a laugh that I was a fool. +Then I saw a Bright One with wings come up to me, who said, Mercy, what +ails you? And when he heard the cause Of my grief, he said, Peace be to +thee. He then came up to wipe off my tears and had me clad in robes of +gold, and put a chain on my neck, and a crown on my head. Then he took +me by the hand and said, Mercy, come this way. So he went up with me +till we came to a gate, at which he gave a knock and then he took me +to a throne on which one sat. The place was as bright as the stars, nay +more like the sun. And I thought that I saw Christian there. So I woke +from my dream. But did I laugh? + +Christiana:--Laugh! Yes, and so you might, to see how well off you were! +For you must give me leave to tell you, that as you find the first part +true, so you will find true the last. + +Mercy:--Well, I am glad of my dream, for I hope ere long to see it come +to pass, so as to make me laugh once more. + +Christiana:--I think it is now high time to rise, and to know what we +must do. + +Mercy:--Pray, if they should ask us to stay, let us by all means do so; +for I should much like to know more of these maids. I think Prudence, +Piety, and Charity have, each of them, a most choice mien. + +Christiana:--We shall see what they will do. + +So they came down. + +Then Prudence and Piety: If you will stay, here you shall have what the +house will yield. + +Charity:--Yes, and that with a good will. + +So they were there some time, much to their good. + +Prudence:--Christiana, I give you all praise, for you have brought your +boys up well. With James I have had a long chat; he is a good boy, and +has learnt much that will bring peace to his mind, while he lives on +this earth, and in the world to come it will cause him to see the face +of Him who sits on the throne. For my own part, I will teach all your +sons. At the same time, said she to them: You must still give heed to +all that Christiana can teach you, but more than all, you must read the +Book of God's Word, which sent your dear sire on his way to the land of +bliss. + +By the time that Christiana and the rest had been in this place a week, +a man, Mr. Brisk by name, came to woo Mercy, with the wish to wed her. +Now Mercy was fair to look on and her mind was at all times set on work +and the care of those round her. She would knit hose for the poor, and +give to all those things of which they stood in need. + +She will make me a good house wife, thought Brisk. + +Mercy one day said to those of the house: Will you tell me what you +think of Mr. Brisk? + +They then told her that the young man would seem to have a great sense +of the love of God, but that they had fears it did not reach his soul, +which they thought did cleave too much to this world. + +Nay then, said Mercy, I will look no more on him, for I will not have a +clog to my soul. + +Prudence:--If you go on as you have set out, and work so hard for the +poor, he will soon cool. + +So the next time he came, he found her at her work. + +What, still at it? said he. + +Mercy:--Yes. + +Mr. Brisk:--How much can you earn in the day. + +Mercy:--I work at these things for the good of those for whom I do them; +and more than this, to do the will of Him who was slain on the cross for +me. + +With that his face fell, and he came no more to see her. + +Prudence:--Did I not tell you that Mr. Brisk would soon flee from you? +Yea, he may seem to love Mercy, but Mercy and he should not tread the +same road of life side by side. + +Now Matthew, the son of Christiana, fell sick, so they sent to Mr. Skill +to cure him. Then said he: Tell me what he eats. + +Christiana:--Well, there is no food here but what is good. + +Mr. Skill:--This boy has in him a crude mass of food, which if I do not +use the means to get rid of, he will die. + +Samuel said to Christiana, What was it that you saw Matthew pick up and +eat when we came from the gate which is at the head of this way? + +Christiana:--It was some of the fruit that grows there; I chid him for +it. + +Skill:--I felt sure that it was some bad food; now that fruit hurts more +than all, for it is the fruit from Beelzebub's grounds. Did no one warn +you of it? Some fall down dead when they eat it. + +Then Christiana wept and said, What shall I do for my son? Pray, Sir, +try your best to cure him, let it cost what it may. + +Then Skill gave strange drugs to him, which he would not take. So +Christiana put one of them to the tip of her tongue. Oh, Matthew, said +she, it is sweet, sweet as balm; if you love me, if you love Mercy, if +you love your life, do take it! + +So in time he did, and felt grief for his sin. He quite lost the pain, +so that with a staff he could walk, and went from room to room to talk +with Mercy, Prudence, Piety and Charity. + +Christiana:--Pray, Sir, what else are these Pills good for? + +Skill:--They are good for all those that go on their way to The +Celestial City. + +Christiana:--I pray of you to make me up a large box full of them, for +if I can get these, I will take none else. + +Skill:--I make no doubt that if a man will but use them as he should, he +could not die. But good Christiana, these pills will be of no use if you +do not give them as I have done, and that is, in a glass of grief for +the sins of those who take them. So he gave some to Christiana and the +rest of her boys, and to Mercy; he bade Matthew, too, keep a good look +out that he ate no more green plums; then he gave them a kiss, and went +his way. + +Now, as they had spent some time here, they made a move to go. Then +Joseph, who was Christiana's third, son, said to her: You were to send +to the house of Mr. Interpreter to beg him to grant that Mr. Great-heart +should go with us as our guide. + +Good boy! said Christiana, I had not thought of it. + +So she wrote a note, and Interpreter said to the man who brought it: Go, +tell them that I will send him. + +Great-heart soon came, and he said to Christiana and Mercy, My Lord has +sent you some wine and burnt corn, and to the boys figs and dry grapes. + +They then set off, and Prudence and Piety went with them. But first +Christiana took leave of Watchful, who kept the gate, and put a small +coin in his hand while she gave him her thanks for all that he had done +for her and her dear boys. She then said to him, Have you seen men go by +since we have been here? + +Watchful:--Yes, I have, and there has been a great theft on this high +way; but the thieves were caught. + +Then Christiana and Mercy said they felt great fear to go on that road. + +Matthew:--Fear not, as long as we have Mr. Great-heart with us to guide +us. + +I now saw in my dream that they went on till they came to the brow of +the hill, when Piety said: O, I must go back to fetch that which I meant +to give to Christiana and Mercy, and it was a list of all those things +which they had seen at the house where we live. On these, said she, I +beg of you to look from time to time, and call them to mind for your +good. + +They now went down the hill to the Vale of Humiliation. It was a steep +hill, and their feet slid as they went on; but they took great care, and +when they had got to the foot of it, Piety said to Christiana: This +is the vale where Christian met with Apollyon and where they had that +fierce fight which I know you must have heard of. But be of good cheer, +as long as we have Mr. Great-heart to guide us, there is nought here +that will hurt us, save those sights that spring from our own fears. And +as to Apollyon, the good folk of the town, who tell us that such a thing +fell out in such a place, to the hurt of such a one, think that some +foul fiend haunts that place, when lo! it is from the fruit of their +own ill deeds that such things do fall on them. For they that make slips +must look for frights. And hence it is that this vale has so bad a name. + +James:--See, there is a post with words on it, I will go and read them. + +So he went, and found that these words were cut on it: Let the slips +which Christian met with ere he came here, and the fights he had in this +place, warn all those who come to the Vale of Humiliation. + +Mr. Great-heart:--It is not so hard to go up as down this hill, and +that can be said of but few hills in this part of the world. But we will +leave the good man, he is at rest, and he had a brave fight with the +foe; let Him who dwells on high grant that we fare no worse when our +strength comes to be put to the test. This vale brings forth much fruit. + +Now, as they went on, they met a boy who was clad in mean clothes and +kept watch on some sheep. He had a fine fresh face, and as he sat on the +bank he sang a song. + +Hark, said Great-heart, to the words of that boy's song. + +So they gave ear to it. + +"He that is down need fear no fall, He that is low, no pride, He that is +meek at all times shall Have God to be his guide." + +Then said Great-heart: Do you hear him? I dare say this boy leads as gay +a life as he that is clad in silk, and that he wears more of that plant +which they call heart's ease. + +Samuel:--Ask Great-heart in what part of this vale it was that Apollyon +came to fight Christian? + +Great-heart:--The fight took place at that part of the plain which has +the name of Forgetful Green. And if those who go on their way, meet with +a shock, it is when they lose sight of the good which they have at the +hand of Him who dwells on high. + +Mercy:--I think I feel as well in this place as I have done in all the +rest of our way. This vale has a sweet grace, and just suits my mind; +for I love to be in such a spot as this, where there are no coach wheels +to make a din. Here one may think a while what he is, whence he came, +and for what the King has made him; here one may muse and pray. + +Just then they thought that the ground they trod on shook. But the guide +bade them be of good cheer, and look well to their feet, lest by chance +they should meet with some snare. + +Then James felt sick, but I think the cause of it was fear, and +Christiana gave him some of the wine which Mr. Interpreter had put in +her hands, and three of the pills which Mr. Skill had made up, and the +boy soon got well. + +They then went on a while, and Christiana said, What is that thing on +the road? A thing of such a shape I have not seen in all my life! + +Joseph said, What is it? + +A vile thing, child, a vile thing! said she. + +Joseph:--But what is it like? + +Christiana:--It is like--I can't tell what. Just then it was far off, +now it is nigh. + +Great-heart:--Well, let them that have the most fear keep close to me. + +Then it went out of sight of all of them. + +But they had not gone far when Mercy cast a look back, and saw a great +beast come fast up to them with a loud roar. + +This noise made them all quail with fright save their guide, who fell +back and put the rest in front of him. But when the brute saw that +Great-heart meant to fight him, he drew back and was seen no more. + +Now they had not left the spot long when a great mist fell on them, so +that they could not see. + +What shall we do? said they. + +Their guide told them not to fear, but to stand still, and see what an +end he would put to this too. + +Then said Christiana to Mercy: Now I see what my poor dear Christian +went through; I have heard much of this place. Poor man, he went here +in the dead of the night, and no one with him; but who can tell what the +Valley of the Shadow of Death should mean, till they come to see it? To +be here fills my breast with awe! + +Great-heart: It seems now as if the earth and its bars were round us. I +would not boast, but I trust we shall still make our way. Come, let us +pray for light to Him that can give it. + +So did they weep and pray. And as the path was now more smooth, they +went straight on. + +Mercy:--To be here is not so sweet as it was at The Gate, or at Mr. +Interpreter's, or at the good house where we were last. + +Oh, said one of the boys, it is not so bad to go through this place as +it is to dwell here for all time; for aught I know we have to go this +way that our last home may seem to us the more blest. + +Great-heart:--Well said, Samuel; thou dost now speak like a man. + +Samuel:--Why, if I do in truth get out of this place, I think I shall +prize that which is light and good more than I have done all my life. + +Great-heart:--We shall be out by and by. + +So on they went. + +Joseph:--Can we not see to the end of this vale yet? + +Great-heart:--Look to your feet, for you will soon be where the snares +are. + +So they took good heed. + +Great-heart:--Men come here and bring no guide with them; hence it is +they die from the snares they meet with in the way. Poor Christian! it +is strange he should have got out of this place, and been safe. But +God dwelt in his soul, and he had a stout heart, of his own, or else he +could not have done it. + +Christiana:--I wish that there were some inn here where we could all +take rest. + +I Well, said Mr. Honest--one whom they had just met--there is such a +place not far off. + +So there they went, and the host, whose name was Gaius, said: Come in, +for my house was built for none but such as you. + +Great-heart:--Good Gaius, let us sup. What have you for us to eat? We +have gone through great toils, and stand much in want of food. + +Gaius:--It is too late for us to go out and seek food; but of such as we +have you shall eat. + +The meal was then spread, and near the end of the feast all sat round +the board to crack nuts, when old Honest said to Gaius, Tell me what +this verse means: + +A man there was, and some did count him mad; The more that this man gave +the more he had. + +Then all the youths gave a guess as to what Gaius would say to it; so he +sat still a while, and then said: + +He that gives his goods to the poor, Shall have as much and ten times +more. + +Joseph:--I did not think, Sir, that you would have found it out. + +Gaius:--Ah! I have learnt of my Lord to be kind, and I find I gain by +it. + +Then Samuel said in a low tone to Christiana, This is a good man's +house; let us make a long stay, and why should not Matthew wed Mercy +here? + +When Gaius heard him say this, quoth he: With all my heart. And he gave +Mercy to Matthew to wife. + +By this time Christiana's son James had come of age, and Gaius gave +Phebe (who was his child) to be his wife. They spent ten days at the +house of Gaius, and then took their leave. But on the last day he made +them a feast, of which they all ate and drank. + +Great-heart:--Now, Gaius, the hour has come that we must be gone; so +tell me what I owe you for this long stay at your inn, for we have been +here some years. + +Gaius:--At my house no one pays; for the good Samaritan told me that I +was to look to him for all the cost I was put to. They now took leave of +him and went on their way, when they met with all kinds of frights and +fears, till they came to a place which bore the name of Vanity Fair. +There they went to the house of Mr. Mnason, who said to his guests: If +there be a thing that you stand in need of, do but say so, and we will +do what we can to get it for you. + +Well, then, said they, we should like much to see some of the good folk +in this town. + +So Mnason gave a stamp with his foot, at which Grace came up, and he +sent her to fetch some of his friends who were in the house, and they +all sat down to a meal. + +Then said Mr. Mnason, as he held out his hand to point to Christiana: My +friends, I have guests here who are on their way to Zion. But who do +you think this is? This is the wife of Christian whom (with his friend +Faithful) the men of this town did treat so ill. + +Well, said they, go who would have thought to meet Christiana at this +place! May The King whom you love and serve bring you where He is, in +peace! + +They then told her that the blood of Faithful had lain like a load on +their hearts; and that since, they had burnt him no more men had been +sent to the Stake at Vanity Fair. In those days, said they, good men +could not walk the streets, but now they can show their heads. + +Christiana and her sons and Mercy made this place their home for some +years, and in course of time Mr. Mnason, who had a wife and two girls, +gave his first born, whose name was Grace, to Samuel to wife, and Martha +to Joseph. + +Now, one day, a huge snake came out of the woods and slew some of the +folk of the town. None of these were so bold as to dare to face him, but +all fled when they heard that he came near, for he took off the babes by +scores. + +But Great-heart and the rest of the men who were at Mr. Mnason's house, +made up their minds to kill this snake, and so rid the town of him. So +they went forth to meet him, and at first the snake did not seem to heed +them; but as they were strong men at arms, they drove him back. Then +they lay in wait for him, and fell on him, till at last they knew he +must die of his wounds. By this deed Mr. Great-heart and the rest won +the good will of the whole town. + +The time now drew near for them to go on their way. Mr. Great-heart went +first as their guide; and I saw in my dream that they came to the stream +on this side of The Delectable Mountains, where fine trees grew on each +bank, the leaves of which were good for the health, and the fields were +green all the year round; and here they might lie down and be safe. +Here, too, there were folds for sheep, and a house was built in which to +rear the lambs, and there was One who kept watch on them, who would take +them in His arms and lay them in His breast. + +Now Christiana bade the four young wives place their babes by the side +of this stream, so that they might lack nought in time to come. For, +said she, if they should stray or be lost, He will bring them back; +He will give strength, to the sick, and here they shall not want meat, +drink, or clothes. So they left their young ones to Him. + +When they went to By-Path Meadow they sat on the stile to which +Christian had gone with Hopeful, when Giant Despair shut the two up in +Doubting Castle. They sat down to think what would be the best thing +to do, now that they were so strong a force, and had such a man as Mr. +Great-heart to guide them; to wit, if it would not be well to pull down +Doubting Castle, and should there be poor souls shut up there who were +on their way to The Celestial City, to set them free. One said this +thing and one said that; at last quoth Mr. Great-heart: We are told +in the book of God's Word, that we are to fight the good fight. And, I +pray, with whom should we fight if not with Giant Despair? So who will +go with me? + +Christiana's four sons said: We will; for they were young and strong; so +they left their wives and went. + +When they gave their knock at the gate, Giant Despair and his wife +Diffidence, came to them. + +Giant Despair:--Who and what is he that is so bold as to come to the +gate of Giant Despair? + +Great-heart:--It is I, a guide to those who are on their way to Zion. +And I charge thee to throw wide thy gates and stand forth, for I am come +to slay thee and pull down thy house. + +Giant Despair:--What, shall such as Great-heart make me fear? No! + +So he put a cap of steel on his head, and with a breast plate of fire, +and a club in his hand, he came out to fight his foes. + +Then these six men made up to him, and they fought for their lives, till +Despair was brought to the ground and put to death by Great-heart. Next +they fell on his house, but it took six days to pull it down. They found +there Mr. Despondency and one Much-afraid, his child, and set them free. + +Then they all went onto The Delectable Mountains. They made friends with +the men that kept watch on their flocks, who were as kind to them as +they had been to Christian and Hopeful. + +You have brought a good train with you, said they. Pray, where did you +find them? + +So their guide told them how it had come to pass. + +By and by they got to The Enchanted Ground, where the air makes men +sleep. Now they had not gone far, when a thick mist fell on them, so +that for a while they could not see; and as they could not walk by +sight, they kept near their guide by the help of words. But one fell in +a bush, while one stuck fast in the mud, and some of the young ones lost +their shoes in the mire. Oh, I am down! said one. Where are you? cried +the next; while a third said, I am held fast in the bush! + +Then they came to a bench, Slothful's Friend by name, which had shrubs +and plants round it, to screen those who sat there from the sun. But +Christiana and the rest gave such good heed to what their guide told +them, that though they were worn out with toil, yet there was not one +of them that had so much as a wish to stop there; for they knew that it +would be death to sleep but for a short time on The Enchanted Ground. + +Now as it was still dark, their guide struck a light that he might look +at his map (the book of God's Word); and had he not done so, they would +all have been lost, for just at the end of the road was a pit, full of +mud, and no one can tell how deep. + +Then thought I: Who is there but would have one of these maps or books +in which he may look when he is in doubt, and knows not which way he +should take? + +They soon came to a bench, on which sat two men, Heedless and Too-bold; +and Christiana and the rest shook their heads for they saw that these +men were in a bad case. They knew not what they ought to do: to go on +and leave them in their sleep, or to try to wake them. Now the guide +spoke to them by name; but not a sound could he hear from their lips. So +Great-heart at last shook them, and did all he could to wake them. + +One of the two, whose name was Heedless, said, Nay: I will pay you when +I get in my debts. + +At this the guide shook his head. + +Then Too-bold spoke out: I will fight as long as I can hold my sword. + +When he had said this all who stood round gave a laugh. + +Christiana:--'What does this mean? + +Great-heart:--They talk in their sleep. If you strike or shake them, +they will still talk in the same way, for their sleep is like that of +the man on the mast of a ship, when the waves of the sea beat on him. + +Then did Christiana, Mercy and their train go on with fear, and they +sought from their guide a light for the rest of the way. + +But as the poor babes' cries were loud for want of rest, all fell on +their knees to pray for help. And, by the time that they had gone but +a short way, a wind sprang up which drove off the fog; so, now that the +air was clear, they made their way. + +Then they came to the land of Beulah, where the sun shines night and +day. Here they took some rest, and ate of the fruit that hung from the +boughs round them. But all the sleep that they could wish for in such +a land as this was but for a short space of time; for the bells rang to +such sweet tunes, and such a blaze of lights burst on their eyes, that +they soon rose to walk to and fro on this bright way, where no base feet +dare to tread. + +And now they heard shouts rise up, for there was a noise in the town +that a post was come from The Celestial City with words of great joy for +Christiana, the wife of Christian. So search was made for her, and the +house was found in which she was. + +Then the post put a note in her hands, the words of which were: Hail, +good Christiana! I bring thee word that the Lord calls for thee, to +stand near His throne in robes of white, in ten days' time. + +When he who brought the note had read it to her, he gave her a sign that +they were words of truth and love, and said he had come to bid her make +haste to be gone. The sign was a shaft with a sharp point, which was to +tell her, that at the time the note spoke of, she must die. + +Christiana heard with joy that her toils would so soon he at an end, and +that she should once more live with her dear Christian. + +She then sent for her sons and their wives to come to her. To these she +gave words of good cheer. She told them how glad she was to have them +near her at such a time. She sought, too, to make her own death, now +close at hand, of use to them, from this time up to the hour when they +should each of them have to quit this world. Her hope was that it might +help guide them on their path; that the Faith which she had taught them +to cling to, would have sunk deep in their hearts; and that all their +works should spring from love to God. She could but pray that they would +bear these words in mind, and put their whole trust in Him who had borne +their sins on the Cross, and had been slain to save them. + +When the day came that she must go forth to the world of love and truth, +the road was full of those who would fain see her start on her way; and +the last words that she was heard to say were: I come, Lord, to be with +Thee. + +THE END. + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Pilgrim's Progress in Words of One +Syllable, by Mary Godolphin + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PILGRIM'S PROGRESS *** + +***** This file should be named 7088.txt or 7088.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/7/0/8/7088/ + +Produced by Bruce W. Miller + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/7088.zip b/7088.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5405fc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/7088.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..68b92dd --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #7088 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/7088) diff --git a/old/pilos10.txt b/old/pilos10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..908620c --- /dev/null +++ b/old/pilos10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3388 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Pilgrim's Progess in Words of One +Syllable, by Mary Godolphin +#3 in our series by Mary Godolphin + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: The Pilgrim's Progess in Words of One Syllable + +Author: Mary Godolphin + +Release Date: December, 2004 [EBook #7088] +[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule] +[This file was first posted on March 8, 2003] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PILGRIMS PROGRESS/ONE SYLLABLE *** + + + + +This eBook was produced by Bruce W. Miller + + + + +The Pilgrim's Progress In Words of One Syllable by Mary Godolphin + + +Author's Preface + +In offering to the public another volume on my plan of reducing +popular tales into words of One Syllable exclusively, I wish it +to be clearly understood that it is intended for Adult Beginners, +no less than for Children. There is a large class of persons who +do not begin to acquire the art of reading till somewhat late in +life, and it is for such that I think a book of this Character is +peculiarly applicable. + +It may be objected that my system involves the use of words +which, though short, are difficult to understand and might be +made more intelligible in polysyllabic language. But I have +endeavored as far as possible to avoid hard and technical +expressions, and I cannot but think that the mere fact of the +brevity of the words must be a great attraction to beginners of +all ages. By this method the labor of dividing and accentuating +words is avoided: a difficulty which pupils who have only +attained to the knowledge of monosyllables cannot conquer by +independent effort. + +I take this opportunity of acknowledging the great favor with +which my previous books of the same character have been received, +and I am glad to hear that they have been found useful as Prizes +in Schools. + +I have thought it necessary to retain all the names of Persons +and Places in their original form, but this is the only exception +to my general rule. + + + +Pilgrim's Progress + +As I went through the wild waste of this world, I came to a place +where there was a den, and I lay down in it to sleep. While I +slept I had a dream, and lo! I saw a man whose clothes were in +rags and he stood with his face from his own house, with a book +in his hand, and a great load on his back. I saw him read from +the leaves of a book, and as he read, he wept and shook with +fear; and at length he broke out with a loud cry, and said, What +shall I do to save my soul? + +So in this plight he went home, and as long as he could he held +his peace, that his wife and babes should not see his grief. But +at length he told them his mind, and thus he spoke, O my dear +wife, and you my babes, I, your dear friend, am full of woe, for +a load lies hard on me; and more than this, I have been told that +our town will be burnt with fire, in which I, you my wife, and +you my sweet babes, shall be lost, if means be not found to save +us. + +This sad tale struck all who heard him with awe, not that they +thought what he said to them was true, but that they had fears +that some weight must be on his mind; so, as night now drew near, +they were in hopes that sleep might soothe his brain, and with +all haste they got him to bed. + +When the morn broke, they sought to know how he did? He told +them, Worse and worse; and he set to talk once more in the same +strain as he had done; but they took no heed of it. By and by, to +drive off his fit, they spoke harsh words to him; at times they +would laugh, at times they would chide, and then set him at +nought. So he went to his room to pray for them, as well as to +nurse his own grief. He would go, too, into the woods to read and +muse, and thus for some weeks he spent his time. + +Now I saw, in my dream, that one day as he took his walk in the +fields with his book in his hand, he gave a groan,--for he felt +as if a cloud were on his soul,--and he burst out as he was wont +to do, and said, Who will save me? I saw, too, that he gave wild +looks this way and that, as if he would rush off; yet he stood +still, for he could not tell which way to go. At last, a man, +whose name was Evangelist, came up to him and said, Why dost thou +weep? + +He said, Sir, I see by this book in my hand that I am to die, and +that then God will judge me. Now I dread to die. + +Evangelist.--Why do you fear to die, since this life is fraught +with woe? + +The man said, I fear lest a hard doom should wait me, and that +this load on my back will make me sink down, till at last, I +shall find I am in Tophet. + +If this be your case, said Evangelist, why do you stand still? + +But the man said, I know not where to go. + +Then he gave him a scroll with these words on it, Fly from the +wrath to come. + +When the man read it he said, Which way must I fly? + +Evangelist held out his hand to point to a gate in the wide +field, and said, Do you see the Wicket Gate? + +The man said, No. + +Do you see that light? + +He then said, I think I do. + +Keep that light in your eye, quoth Evangelist, and go straight up +to it; so shall you see the gate, at which, when you knock, it +shall be told you what you are to do. + +Then I saw in my dream that Christian--for that was his name--set +off to run. + +Now he had not gone far from his own door, when his wife and +young ones, who saw him, gave a loud wail to beg of him to come +back; but the man put his hands to his ears, and ran on with a +cry of Life! Life! The friends of his wife, too, came out to see +him run, and as he went, some were heard to mock him, some to use +threats, and there were two who set off to fetch him back by +force, the names of whom were Obstinate and Pliable. Now, by this +time, the man had gone a good way off, but at last they came up +to him. + +Then said Christian, Friends, why are you come? + +To bid you go back with us, said they. + +But, quoth he, that can by no means be; you dwell in the City of +Destruction, the place where I, too, was born. I know it to be +so, and there you will die and sink down to a place which burns +with fire; be wise, good friends, and come with me. + +What! and leave our good, and all out kith and kin? + +Yes, said Christian, for that all which you might leave is but a +grain to that which I seek, and if you will go with me and hold +it firm, you shall fare as well as I; for there, where I go, you +will find all you want and to spare. Come with me, and prove my +words. + +Obstinate.--What are the things you seek, since you leave all the +world to find them? + +Christian.--I seek those joys that fade not, which are laid up in +a place of bliss--safe there for those who go in search of them. +Read it so, if you will, in my book. + +Obstinate.--Tush! Off with your book. Will you go back with us or +no? + +Christian.--No, not I, for I have laid my hand to the plough. + +Obstinate.--Come, friend Pliable, let us turn back and leave him; +there is a troop of such fools who, when they take up with a whim +by the end, are more wise in their own eyes than ten men who know +how to think. + +Pliable.--Nay, do not scorn him; if what the good Christian says +is true, the things he looks to are of more worth than ours: my +heart leans to what he says. + +Obstinate.--What! more fools still! Go back, go back, and be +wise. + +Christian.--Nay, but do you come with your friend Pliable; there +are such things to be had as those I just spoke of, and more too. +If you give no heed to me, read here in this book which comes to +us from God, who could not lie. + +Pliable.--Well, friend Obstinate, I think now I have come to a +point; and I mean to go with this good man, and to cast my lot in +with his. Then said he to Christian, Do you know the way to the +place you speak of? + +Christian.--I am told by a man whose name is Evangelist, to do my +best to reach a gate that is in front of us, where I shall be +told how to find the way. + +So they went on side by side. + +Obstinate.--And I will go back to my place; I will not be one of +such vain folk. + +Now I saw in my dream, that when Obstinate was gone back, +Christian and Pliable set off to cross the plain, and they spoke +thus as they went:-- + +Christian.--Well, Pliable, how do you do now? I am glad you have +a mind to go with me. + +Pliable.--Come, friend Christian, since there are none but we two +here, tell me more of the things of which we go in search. + +Christian.--I can find them in my heart, though I know not how to +speak of them with my tongue; but yet, since you wish to know, +this book tells us of a world that hast no bounds, and a life +that has no end. + +Pliable.--Well said, and what else? + +Christian.--That there are crowns of light in store for us, and +robes that will make us shine like the sun. + +Pliable.--This, too, is good; and what else? + +Christian.--That there shall be no more care nor grief for he +that owns the place will wipe all tears from our eyes. + +Pliable.--And what friends shall we find there? + +Christian.--There we shall be with all the saints, in robes so +bright that our eyes will grow dim to look on them. There shall +we meet those who in this world have stood out for the faith, and +have been burnt on the stake, and thrown to wild beasts, for the +love they bore to the Lord. They will not harm us, but will greet +us with love, for they all walk in the sight of God. + +Pliable.--But how shall we get to share all this? + +Christian.--The Lord of that land saith, if we wish to gain that +world we shall be free to have it. + +Pliable.--Well, my good friend, glad am I to hear of these thing: +come on, let us mend our pace. + +Christian.--I can not go so fast as I would, for this load on my +back. + +Then I saw in my dream that just as they had come to an end of +this talk, they drew near to a slough that was in the midst of +the plain, and as they took no heed, they both fell in. The name +of the slough was Despond. Here they lay for a time in the mud; +and the load that Christian had on his back made him sink all the +more in the mire. + +Pliable.--Ah! friend Christian, where are you now? + +Christian.--In truth, I do no know. + +Then Pliable said to his friend, Is this the bliss of which you +have told me all this while? If we have such ill speed when we +first set out, what may we look for twixt this and the end of our +way? And with that he got out of the mire on that side of the +slough which was next to his own house; then off he went, and +Christian saw him no more. + +So Christian was left to strive in the Slough of Despond as well +as he could; yet his aim was to reach that side of the slough +that was next The Wicket Gate, which at last he did, but he could +not get out for the load that was on his back; till I saw in my +dream that a man came to him whose name was Help. + +What do you do here? said Help. + +Christian.--I was bid to go this way by Evangelist, who told me +to pass up to yon gate, that I might flee from the wrath to come, +and on my way to it I fell in here. + +Help.--But why did you not look for the steps? + +Christian.--Fear came so hard on me that I fled the next way and +fell in. + +Help.--Give me your hand. + +So he gave him his hand, and he drew him out, and set him on firm +ground, and bade him go on his way. + +Then in my dream I went up to Help and said to him, Sir, since +this place is on the way from The City of Destruction to The +Wicket Gate, how is it that no one mends this patch of ground, so +that those who come by may not fall in the slough? + +Help.--This slough is such a place as no one can mend. It is the +spot to which doth run the scum and filth that wait on sin, and +that is why men call it the Slough of Despond. When the man of +sin wakes up to a sense of his own lost state, doubts and fears +rise up in his soul, and all of them drain down and sink in this +place: and it is this that makes the ground so bad. True there +are good and sound steps in the midst of the slough, but at times +it is hard to see them; or if they be seen, men's heads are so +dull that they step on one side, and fall in the mire. But the +ground is good when they have once got in at the gate. + +Now I saw in my dream that by this time Pliable had gone back to +his house once more, and that his friends came to see him: some +said how wise it was to come home, and some that he was a fool to +have gone. Some, too, were found to mock him, who said--Well, had +I set out, I would not have been so base as to come back for a +slough in the road. So Pliable was left to sneak off; but at last +he got more heart, and then all were heard to turn their taunts, +and laugh at poor Christian. Thus much for Pliable. + +Now as Christian went on his way he saw a man come through the +field to meet him, whose name was Mr. Worldly Wiseman, and he +dwelt in the town of Carnal Policy, which was near that whence +Christian came. He had heard some news of Christian; for his +flight from The City of Destruction had made much noise, and was +now the talk far and near. So he said, How now, good Sir, where +do you go with such a load on your back? + +Christian.--In truth, it is a load; and if you ask me where I go, +I must tell you, Sir, I must go the The Wicket Gate in front of +me, for there I shall be put in a way to get quit of my load. + +Worldly Wiseman.--Have you not a wife and babes? + +Christian.--Yes, but with this load I do not seem to care for +them as I did; and, in truth, I feel as if I had none. + +Worldly Wiseman.--Will you hear me if I speak my mind to you? + +Christian.--If what you say be good, I will, for I stand much in +need of help. + +Worldly Wiseman.--I would urge you then, with all speed, to get +rid of your load; for you will not be at rest till then. + +Christian.--That is just what I seek to do. But there is no man +in our land who can take if off me. + +Worldly Wiseman.--Who bade you go this way to be rid of it? + +Christian.--One that I took to be a great and true man; his name +is Evangelist. + +Worldly Wiseman.--Hark at what I say: there is no worse way in +the world than that which he has sent you, and that you will find +if you take him for your guide. In this short time you have met +with bad luck, for I see the mud of the Slough of Despond is on +your coat. Hear me, for I have seen more of the world than you; +in the way you go, you will meet with pain, woe, thirst, the +sword too,--in a word, death! Take no heed of what Evangelist +tells you. + +Christian.--Why, Sir, this load on my back is worse to me than +all those things which you speak of; nay, I care not what I meet +with in the way, if I can but get rid of my load. + +Worldly Wiseman.--How did you come by it at first? + +Christian.--Why, I read this book. + +Worldly Wiseman.--Like more weak men I know, who aim at things +too high for them you have lost heart, and run in the dark at +great risk, to gain you know not what. + +Christian.--I know what I would gain, it is ease for my load. + +Worldly Wiseman.--But why will you seek for ease thus, when I +could put you in the way to aid it where there would be no risk; +and the cure is at hand. + +Christian.--Pray, Sir, tell me what that way is. + +Worldly Wiseman.--Well, in yon town, which you can see from +hence--the name of which is Morality--there dwells a man whose +name is Legality, a wise man, and a man of some rank, who has +skill to help men off with such loads as yours from their backs; +I know he has done a great deal for good in that way; aye, and he +has the skill to cure those who, from the loads they bear, are +not quite sound in their wits. To him as I said, you may go and +get help. His house in but a mile from this place, and should he +not be at home, he has a son whose name is Civility, who can do +it just as well as his sire. There, I say, you may go to get rid +of your load. I would not have you go back to your old home, but +you can send for your wife and babes, and you will find that food +there is cheap and good. + +Now was Christian brought to a stand; but by and by he said, Sir, +which is my way to this good man's house? + +Worldly Wiseman.--Do you see that hill? + +Christian.--Yes, I do. + +Worldly Wiseman.--By that hill you must go, and the first house +you come to is his. + +So Christian went out of his way to find Mr. Legality's house to +seek for help. + +But, lo, when he had got close up to the hill, it was so steep +and high that he had fear lest it should fall on his head; so he +stood still, for he knew not what to do. His load, too, was of +more weight to him than when he was on the right road. Then came +flames of fire out of the hill, that made him quake for fear lest +he should be burnt. And now it was a great grief to him that he +had lent his ear to Worldly Wiseman; and it was well that he just +then saw Evangelist come to meet him; though at the sight of him +he felt a deep blush on his face for shame. So Evangelist drew +near, and when he came up to him, he said, with a sad look; What +dost thou here, Christian? + +To these words Christian knew not what to say, so he stood quite +mute. Then Evangelist went on thus: Art not thou the man that I +heard cry in The City of Destruction? + +Christian.--Yes, dear Sir, I am the man. + +Evangelist.--Did not I point out to thee the way to the Wicket +Gate? + +Christian.--Yes, you did, Sir. + +Evangelist.--How is it, then, that thou hast so soon gone out of +the way? + +Christian.--When I had got out of the Slough of Despond I met a +man who told me that in a town near, I might find one who could +take off my load. + +Evangelist.--What was he? + +Christian.--He had fair looks, and said much to me, and got me at +last to yield; so I came here. But when I saw this hill, and how +steep it was, I made a stand, lest it should fall on my head. + +Evangelist.--What said the man to thee? + +When Evangelist had heard from Christian all that took place, he +said: Stand still a while, that I may show thee the words of God. + +So Evangelist went on to read, 'Now the just shall live by faith, +but if a man draw back, my soul shall have no joy in him.' Is not +this the case with thee? said he: Hast not thou drawn back thy +feet from the way of peace, to thine own cost; and dost thou not +spurn the most high God? + +Then Christian fell down at his feet as dead, and said: Woe is +me! Woe is me! + +At the sight of which, Evangelist caught him by the right hand, +and said: Faith hopes all things. + +Then did Christian find some peace, and stood up. + +Evangelist.--I pray thee give more heed to the things that I +shall tell thee of. The Lord says, 'Strive to go in at the strait +gate, the gate to which I send thee, for strait is the gate that +leads to life, and few there be that find it.' Why didst thou set +at nought the words of God, for the sake of Mr. Worldly Wiseman? +That is, in truth, the right name for such as he. The Lord hath +told thee that he who will save his life shall lose it.' He to +whom thou wast sent for ease, Legality by name, could not set +thee free; no man yet has got rid of his load through him; he +could but show thee the way to woe, for by the deeds of the law +no man can be rid of his load. So that Mr. Worldly Wiseman and +his friend Mr. Legality are false guides; and as for his son +Civility, he could not help thee. + +Now Christian, in great dread, could think of nought but death, +and sent forth a sad cry in grief that he had gone from the right +way. Then he spoke once more to Evangelist in these words:--Sir, +what think you? Is there hope? May I now go back, and strive to +reach The Wicket Gate? I grieve that I gave ear to this man's +voice; but may my sin find grace? + +Evangelist.--Thy sin is great, for thou hast gone from the way +that is good, to tread in false paths, yet will the man at the +gate let thee through, for he has love and good will for all men; +but take heed that thou turn not to the right hand or to the +left. + +Then did Christian make a move to go back, and Evangelist gave +him a kiss and one smile, and bade him God speed. + +So he went on with haste, nor did he speak on the road; and could +by no means feel safe till he was in the path which he had left. +In time, he got up to the gate. And as he saw by the words which +he read on it, that those who would knock could go in, he gave +two or three knocks, and said: May I go in here? + +At last there came a great man to the gate, whose name was +Good-will, and he said: Who is there; whence come you, and what +would you have? + +Christian.--I come from The City of Destruction with a load of +Sins on my back; but I am on my way to Mount Zion, that I may be +free from the wrath to come; and as I have been told that my way +is through this gate, I would know, Sir, if you will let me in? + +Good-will.--With all my heart. + +So he flung back the gate. But just as Christian went in, he gave +him a pull. + +Then said Christian: What means that? Good-will told him that a +short way from this gate there was a strong fort, of which +Beelzebub was the chief, and that from thence he and the rest +that dwelt there shot darts at those that came up to the gate to +try if they could kill them ere they got in. + +Then said Christian: I come in with joy and with fear. So when he +had gone in, the man at the gate said: Who sent you here? + +Christian.--Evangelist bade me come and knock (as I did); and he +said that you, Sir, would tell me what I must do. + +Good-will.--The door is thrown back wide for you to come in, and +no man can shut it. + +Christian.--Now I seem to reap the good of all the risks I have +met with on the way. + +Good-will.--But how is it that no one comes with you? + +Christian.--None of my friends saw that there was cause of fear, +as I did. + +Good-will.--Did they know of your flight? + +Christian.--Yes, my wife and young ones saw me go, and I heard +their cries as they ran out to try and stop me. Some of my +friends, too, would have had me come home, but I put my hands to +my ears, and so came on my way. + +Good-will.--But did none of them come out to beg of you to go +back? + +Christian.--Yes, both Obstinate and Pliable came, but when they +found that I would not yield, Obstinate went home, but Pliable +came with me as far as the Slough of Despond. + +Good-will.--Why did he not come through it? + +When Christian told him the rest, he said: Ah, poor man! Is a +world of bliss such a small thing to him, that he did not think +it worth while to run a few risks to gain it? + +Sir, said Christian, there is not much to choose twixt him and +me. Then he told Good-will how he had been led from the straight +path by Mr. Worldly Wiseman. + +Good-will.--Oh, did he light on you? What! He would have had you +seek for ease at the hands of Mr. Legality. They are, in truth, +both of them cheats. And did you take heed of what he said? + +Christian then told him all. But now that I am come, said he, I +am more fit for death, than to stand and talk to my Lord. But oh, +the joy it is to me to be here! + +Good-will.--We keep none out that knock at this gate, let them +have done what they may ere they came here; for they are 'in no +wise cast out.' So, good Christian, come with me, and I will +teach you the way you must go. Look in front. That is the way +which was laid down by Christ and the wise men of old, and it is +as straight as a rule can make it. + +Christian.--But is there no turn or bend by which one who knows +not the road might lose his way? + +Good-will.--My friend, there are not a few that lead down to it, +and these paths are wide: yet by this you may judge the right +from the wrong--the right are straight and are by no means wide. + +Then I saw in my dream that Christian said: Could you not help me +off with this load on my back?--for as yet he had not got rid of +it. He was told: As to your load, you must bear it till you come +to the place of Deliverance, for there it will fall from your +back. + +Then Christian would have set off on the road; but Good-will +said: Stop a while and let me tell you that when you have gone +through the gate you will see the house of Mr. Interpreter, at +whose door you must knock, and he will show you good things. Then +Christian took leave of his friend, who bade him God speed. + +He now went on till he came to the house at the door of which he +was to knock; this he did two or three times. At last one came to +the door and said: Who is there? + +Christian.--I have come to see the good man of the house. + +So in a short time Mr. Interpreter came to him and said: What +would you have? + +Christian.--Sir, I am come from The City of Destruction, and am +on my way to Mount Zion. I was told by the man that stands at the +gate, that if I came here you would show me good things that +would help me. + +Then Interpreter took Christian to a room, and bade his man bring +a light, and there he saw on the wall the print of one who had a +grave face, whose eyes were cast up to the sky, and the best of +books was in His hand, the law of truth was on His lips, and the +world was at His back. He stood as if He would plead for men, and +a crown of gold hung near his head. + +Christian.--What does this mean? + +Interpreter.--I have shown you this print first, for this is He +who is to be your sole guide when you can not find your way to +the land to which you go; so take good heed to what I have shown +you, lest you meet with some who would feign to lead you right; +but their way goes down to death. + +Then he took him to a large room that was full of dust, for it +had not been swept; and Interpreter told his man to sweep it. Now +when he did so, such clouds of dust flew up, that it made +Christian choke. + +Then said Interpreter to a maid that stood by; Make the floor +moist that the dust may not rise; and when she had done this, it +was swept with ease. + +Christian.--What means this? + +Interpreter.--This room is the heart of that man who knows not +the grace of God. The dust is his first sin and the vice that is +in him. He that swept first is the Law, but she who made the +floor moist is The Book which tells Good News to Man. Now as soon +as you saw the first of these sweep, the dust did so fly that the +room could not be made clean by him; this is to show you that the +law as it works does not cleanse the heart from sin, but gives +strength to sin, so as to rouse it up in the soul. + +Then you next saw the maid come in to lay the dust; so is sin +made clean and laid low by faith in The Book. + +Now, said Christian, let me go hence. + +Well, said Interpreter, keep all things so in thy mind that they +may be a goad in thy sides; and may faith guide thee! + +Then I saw in my dream that the high way which Christian was to +tread, had a wall on each side, and the name of that wall was +Salvation. Up this high way did Christian run, but with great +toil for the load on his back. He ran thus till he drew near to a +place on which stood a cross, and at the foot of it a tomb. Just +as Christian came up to the cross, his load slid from his back, +close to the mouth of the tomb, where it fell in, and I saw it no +more. + +Then was Christian glad, and said with a gay heart: He gives me +rest by his grief, and life by his death. + +Yet he stood still for a while, for he was struck with awe to +think that the sight of the cross should thus ease him of his +load. Three or four times did he look on the cross and the tomb, +and the tears rose to his eyes. As he stood thus and wept, lo, +three Bright Ones came to him, and one of them said: Peace be to +thee! thou hast grace from thy sins. And one came up to him to +strip him of his rags and put a new robe on him, while the third +set a mark on his face, and gave him a roll with a seal on it, +which he bade him look on as he went, and give it at The +Celestial Gate; and then they left him. + +Christian gave three leaps for joy, and sang as he went: Ah, what +a place is this! Blest cross! Blest tomb! Nay, blest is the Lord +that was put to shame for me! + +He went on thus till he came to a vale where he saw three men who +were in a sound sleep, with chains on their feet. The name of one +was Simple, one Sloth, and the third Presumption. As Christian +saw them lie in this case, he went to wake them, and said: You +are like those that sleep on the top of a mast, for the Dead Sea +is at your feet. Wake, rise, and come with me. Trust me, and I +will help you off with your chains. With that they cast their +eyes up to look at him, and Simple said: I would fain take more +sleep. Presumption said: Let each man look to his own. And so +they lay down to sleep once more. + +Then I saw in my dream that two men leapt from the top of the +wall and made great haste to come up to him. Their names were +Formalist and Hypocrisy. + +Christian.--Sirs, whence come you, and where do you go? + +Formalist and Hypocrisy.--We were born in the land of Vain-glory, +and are on our way to Mount Zion for praise. + +Christian.--Why came you not in at the Gate? Know you not that he +that comes not in at the door, but climbs up to get in, the same +is a thief? + +They told him that to go through the gate was too far round; that +the best way was to make a short cut of it, and climb the wall, +as they had done. + +Christian.--But what will the Lord of the town to which we are +bound think of it, if we go not in the way of his will? + +They told Christian that he had no need for care on that score, +for long use had made it law, and they could prove that it had +been so for years. Christian.--But are you quite sure that your +mode will stand a suit at law? + +Yes, said they, no doubt of it. And if we get in the road at all, +pray what are the odds? If we are in, we are in; you are but in +the way, who come in at the gate, and we too are in the way that +choose to climb the wall. Is not our case as good as yours? + +Christian.--I walk by the rule of my Lord, but you walk by the +rule of your own lusts. The Lord of the way will count you as +thieves, and you will not be found true men in the end. + +I saw then that they all went on till they came to the foot of +the Hill of Difficulty, where there was a spring. There were in +the same place two more ways, one on the left hand and one on the +right; but the path that Christian was told to take went straight +up the hill, and its name is Difficulty, and he saw that the way +of life lay there. + +Now when Christian got as far as the Spring of Life he drank of +it, and then went up the hill. But when the two men saw that it +was steep and high, and that there were three ways to choose +from, one of them took the path the name of which is Danger, and +lost his way in a great wood, and one of them went by the road of +Destruction, which led him to a wide field full of dark rocks, +where he fell, and rose no more. I then saw Christian go up the +hill, where at first I could see him run, then walk, and then go +on his hands and knees, so steep was it. Now half way up was a +cave made by the Lord of that hill, that those who came by might +rest there. So here Christian sat down, and took out the scroll +and read it, till at last he fell off in a deep sleep which kept +him there till it was dusk; and while he slept his scroll fell +from his hand. At length a man came up to him and woke him, and +said: Go to the ant, thou man of sloth, and learn of her to be +wise. + +At this Christian gave a start, and sped on his way, and went at +a quick pace. + +When he had got near to the top of the hill, two men ran up to +meet him, whose names were Timorous and Mistrust, to whom +Christian said, Sirs, what ails you? You run the wrong way. + +Timorous said that Zion was the hill they meant to climb, but +that when they had got half way they found that they met with +more and more risk, so that great fear came on them, and all they +could do was to turn back. + +Yes, said Mistrust, for just in front of us there lay two beasts +of prey in our path; we knew not if they slept or not, but we +thought that they would fall on us and tear our limbs. + +Christian.--You rouse my fears. Where must I fly to be safe? If I +go back to my on town (Destruction) I am sure to lose my life, +but if I can get to The Celestial City, there shall I be safe. To +turn back is death; to go on is fear of death, but when I come +there, a life of bliss that knows no end. I will go on yet. + +So Mistrust and Timorous ran down the hill and Christian went on +his way. Yet he thought once more of what he had heard from the +men, and then he felt in his cloak for his scroll, that he might +read it and find some peace. He felt for it but found it not. +Then was Christian in great grief, and knew not what to do for +the want of that which was to be his pass to The Celestial City. +At last, thought he: I slept in the cave by the side of the hill. +So he fell down on his knees to pray that God would give him +grace for this act; and then went back to look for his scroll. +But as he went, what tongue can tell the grief of Christian's +heart? Oh, fool that I am! said he, to sleep in the day time; so +to give way to the flesh as to use for ease that rest which the +Lord of the hill had made but for the help of the soul! + +Thus, then, with tears and sighs, he went back, and with much +care did he look on this side and on that for his scroll. At +length he came near to the cave where he had sat and slept. How +far, thought Christian, have I gone in vain! Such was the lot of +the Jews for their sin; they were sent back by the way of the Red +Sea; and I am made to tread those steps with grief which I might +have trod with joy, had it not been for this sleep. How far might +I have been on my way by this time! I am made to tread those +steps thrice which I need not to have trod but once; yea, now too +I am like to be lost in the night, for the day is well nigh +spent. O that I had not slept! + +Now by this time he had come to the vale once more, where for a +spell he sat down and wept; but at last, as he cast a sad glance +at the foot of the bench, he saw his scroll, which he caught up +with haste, and put in his cloak. Words are too weak to tell the +joy of Christian when he had got back his scroll. He laid it up +in the breast of his coat and gave thanks to God. With what a +light step did he now climb the hill! But, ere he got to the top, +the sun went down on Christian, and he soon saw that two wild +beast stood in his way. Ah, thought he, these beasts range in the +night for their prey; and if they should meet with me in the +dark, how should I fly from them? I see now the cause of all +those fears that drove Mistrust and Timorous back. + +Still Christian went on, and while he thought thus on this sad +lot he cast up his eyes and saw a great house in front of him, +the name of which was Beautiful, and it stood just by the side of +the high road. So he made haste and went on in the hope that he +could rest there a while. The name of the man who kept the lodge +of that house was Watchful, and when he saw that Christian made a +halt as if he would go back, he came out to him and said: Is thy +strength so small? Fear not the two wild beasts, for they are +bound by chains, and are put here to try the faith of those that +have it, and to find out those that have none. Keep in the midst +of the path and no harm shall come to thee. + +Then I saw, in my dream, that still he went on in great dread of +the wild beasts; he heard them roar, yet they did him no harm; +but when he had gone by them he went on with joy, till he came +and stood in front of the lodge where Watchful dwelt. + +Christian.--Sir, what house is this? May I rest here to night? + +Watchful.--This house was built by the Lord of the Hill to give +aid to those who climb up it for the good cause. Tell me, whence +come you? + +Christian.--I am come from the Town of Destruction, and am on my +way to Mount Zion; but the day is far spent, and I would, with +your leave, pass the night here. + +Watchful.--What is your name? + +Christian.--My name is now Christian, but at first it was +Graceless. + +Watchful.--How is it you came so late? The sun is set. + +Christian then told him why it was. + +Watchful.--Well, I will call one that lives here, who, if she +like your talk, will let you come in, for these are the rules of +the house. + +So he rang a bell, at the sound of which there came out at the +door a grave and fair maid, whose name was Discretion. When +Watchful told her why Christian had come there, she said: What is +your name? + +It is Christian, said he, and I much wish to rest here to night, +and the more so for I see this place was build by the Lord of the +Hill, to screen those from harm who come to it. + +So she gave a smile, but the tears stood in her eyes; and in a +short time she said: I will call forth two or three more of our +house, and then she ran to the door and brought in Prudence, +Piety, and Charity, who met him and said: Come in, thou blest of +the Lord; this house was built by the King of the Hill for such +as you. Then Christian bent down his head, and went with them to +the house. + +Piety.--Come, good Christian, since our love prompts us to take +you in to rest, let us talk with you of all that you have seen on +your way. + +Christian.--With a right good will, and I am glad that you should +ask it of me. + +Prudence.--And, first, say what is it that makes you wish so much +to go to Mount Zion? + +Christian.--Why there I hope to see Him that did die on the +Cross; and there I hope to be rid of all those thing that to this +day grieve and vex me. There, they say, is no death; and there I +shall dwell with such as love the Lord. + +Charity.--Have you a wife and babes? + +Christian.--Yes, I have. + +Charity.--And why did you not bring them with you? + +Christian then wept, and said: Oh, how glad should I have been to +do so! but they would not come with me, nor have me leave them. + +Charity.--And did you pray to God to put it in their hearts to go +with you? + +Christian.--Yes, and that with much warmth, for you may think how +dear they were to me. + +Thus did Christian talk with these friends till it grew dark, and +then he took his rest in a large room, the name of which was +Peace; there he slept till break of day, and then he sang a hymn. + +They told him that he should not leave till they had shown him +all the rare things that were in that place. There were to be +seen the rod of Moses, the nail with which Jail slew Sisera, the +lamps with which Gideon put to flight the host of Midian, and the +ox goad with which Shamgar slew his foes. And they brought out +the jaw bone of an ass with which Samson did such great feats, +and the sling and stone with which David slew Goliath of Gath. + +Then I saw in my dream that Christian rose to take his leave of +Discretion, and of Prudence, Piety, and Charity, but they said +that he must stay till the next day, that they might show him The +Delectable Mountains; so they took him to the top of the house, +and bade him look to the South, which he did, and lo, a great way +off, he saw a rich land, full of hills, woods, vines, shrubs, and +streams. + +What is the name of this land? said Christian. + +Then they told him it was Immanuel's Land. And, said they, It is +as much meant for you, and the like of you, as this hill is; and +when you reach the place, there you may see the gate of The +Celestial City. Then they gave him a sword, and put on him a coat +of mail, which was proof from head to foot, lest he should meet +some foe in the way; and they went with him down the hill. + +Of a truth, said Christian, it is as great a toil to come down +the hill as it was to go up. + +Prudence.--So it is, for it is a hard thing for a man to go down +to The Vale of Humiliation, as thou dost now, and for this cause +have we come with you to the foot of the hill. So, though he went +with great care, yet he caught a slip or two. + +Then in my dream I saw that when they had got to the foot of the +hill, these good friends of Christian's gave him a loaf of bread, +a flask of wine, and a bunch of dry grapes; and then they left +him to go on his way. + +But now in this Vale of Humiliation poor Christian was hard put +to it, for he had not gone far, ere he saw a foe come in the +field to meet him, whose name was Apollyon. Then did Christian +fear, and he cast in his mind if he would go back or stand his +ground. But Christian thought that as he had no coat of mail on +his back, to turn round might give Apollyon a chance to pierce it +with his darts. So he stood his ground, For, thought he, if but +to save my life were all I had in view, still the best way would +be to stand. + +So he went on, and Apollyon met him with looks of scorn. + +Apollyon.--Whence come you, and to what place are you bound? + +Christian.--I am come from The City of Destruction, which is a +place of all sin, and I am on my way to Zion. + +Apollyon.--By this I see you are mine, for of all that land I am +the Prince. How is it, then, that you have left your king? Were +it not that I have a hope that you may do me more good, I would +strike you to the ground with one blow. + +Christian.--I was born in your realm, it is true, but you drove +us too hard, and your wage was such as no man could live on. + +Apollyon.--No prince likes to lose his men, nor will I as yet +lose you; so if you will come back, what my realm yields I will +give you. + +Christian.--But I am bound by vows to the King of Kings; and how +can I, to be true, go back with you? + +Apollyon.--You have made a change, it seems, from bad to worse; +but why not give Him the slip, and come back with me? + +Christian.--I gave Him my faith, and swore to be true to Him: how +can I go back from this? + +Apollyon.--You did the same to me, and yet I will pass by all, if +you will but turn and go back. + +Then, when Apollyon saw that Christian was stanch to his Prince, +he broke out in a great rage, and said, I hate that Prince, and I +hate his laws, and I am come out to stop you. + +Christian.--Take heed what you do. I am on the King's high way to +Zion. + +Apollyon.--I am void of fear, and to prove that I mean what I +say, here on this spot I will put thee to death. With that he +threw a dart of fire at his breast, but Christian had a shield on +his arm, with which he caught it. Then did Christian draw his +sword, for he saw it was time to stir; and Apollyon as fast made +at him, and threw darts as thick as hail; with which, in spite of +all that Christian could do, Apollyon gave him wounds in his +head, hand, and foot. + +This made Christian pause in the fight for a time, but Apollyon +still came on, and Christian once more took heart. They fought +for half a day, till Christian, weak from his wounds, was well +nigh spent in strength. When Apollyon saw this, he threw him down +with a great force; on which Christian's sword fell out of his +hand. Then said Apollyon, I am sure of thee now. + +But while he strove to make an end of Christian, that good man +put out his hand in haste to feel for his sword, and caught it. +Boast not, oh Apollyon! said he, and with that he struck him a +blow which made his foe reel back as one that had had his last +wound. Then he spread out his wings and fled, so that Christian +for a time saw him no more. + +Then there came to him a hand which held some of the leaves of +the tree of life; some of them Christian took, and as soon as he +had put them to his wounds, he saw them heal up. + +Now near this place was the Valley of the Shadow of Death, and +Christian must needs go through it to get to The Celestial City. +It was a land of drought and full of pits, a land that none but +such as Christian could pass through, and where no man dwelt. So +that here he was worst put to it than in his fight with Apollyon, +which by and by we shall see. + +As he drew near the Shadow of Death he met with two men, to whom +Christian thus spoke: To what place do you go? + +Men.--Back! Back! and we would have you do the same if you prize +life and peace. + +Christian.--But why? + +Men.--We went on as far as we durst. + +Christian.--What then have you seen? + +Men.--Seen! Why the Valley of the Shadow of Death; but by dint of +good luck we caught sight of what lay in front of it, ere we came +up. Death doth spread out his wings there. In a word it is a +place full of bad men, where no law dwells. + +Christian.--I see not yet, by what you have told me, but that +this is my way to Zion. + +Men.--Be it thy way then; we will not choose it for ours. + +So they took their leave, and Christian went on, but still with +his drawn sword in his hand, for fear lest he should meet once +more with a foe. + +I saw then in my dream that so far as this vale went, there was +on the right hand a deep ditch; that ditch to which the blind +have led the blind as long as the world has been made. And, lo, +on the left hand there was a quag. in which if a man fall, he +will find no firm ground for his foot to stand on. The path way +was not broad, and so good Christian was the more put to it. This +went on for miles, and in the midst of that vale was a deep pit. +One thing which I saw in my dream I must not leave out; it was +this:--Just as Christian had come to the mouth of the pit, one of +those who dwelt in it swept up to him, and in a soft tone spoke +bad things to him, and took God's name in vain, which Christian +thought must have come from his own mind. This put him out more +than all the rest had done; to think that he should take that +name in vain for which he felt so deep a love, was a great grief +to him. Yet there was no help for it. Then he thought he heard a +voice which said: Though I walk through the Valley of the Shadow +of Death, I will fear no harm for thou art with me. + +Now as Christian went on, he found there was a rise in the road, +which had been thrown up that that path might be clear to those +who were bound for Zion. Up this road Christian went, and saw his +old friend Faithful a short way off. + +Then said Christian: Ha, my friend, are you here? Stay, and I +will join you. + +This ere long he did, and they spoke of all that had come to pass +since they had last met. + +In course of time the road they took brought them to a town, the +name of which is Vanity, where there is a fair kept through the +whole year, and all that is bought or sold there is vain and void +of worth. There, too, are to be seen at all times games, plays, +fools, apes, knaves, and rogues. Yet he that will go to The +Celestial City must needs pass through this fair. + +As soon as Christian and Faithful came to the town, a crowd drew +round them, and some said they had lost their wits, to dress and +speak as they did, and to set no store by the choice goods for +sale in Vanity Fair. When Christian spoke, his words brought from +these folks fierce taunts and jeers, and soon the noise and stir +grew to such a height that the chief man of the fair sent his +friends to take up these two strange men, and he bade them tell +him whence they came, and what they did there in such a garb. +Christian and Faithful told them all; but those who sat to judge +the case thought that they must be mad, or else that they had +come to stir up strife at the fair; so they beat them with +sticks, and put them in a cage, that they might be a sight for +all the men at the fair. Then the worse sort of folks set to pelt +them with mud out of spite, and some threw stones at them for +mere sport; but Christian and Faithful gave good words for bad, +and bore all in such a meek way, that not a few took their part. +This led to blows and fights, and the blame was laid on Christian +and Faithful, who were then made to toil up and down the fair in +chains, till, faint with stripes, they were at length set with +their feet in the stocks. But they bore their griefs and woes +with joy, for they saw in them a pledge that all should be well +in the end. + +By and by a court sat to try them: the name of the judge was Lord +Hate-good; and the crime laid to their charge was that they had +come to Vanity Fair to spoil its trade, and stir up strife in the +town; and had won not a few men to their side, in spite of the +prince of the place. + +Faithful said to the Judge: I am a man of peace, and did but wage +war on Sin. As for the prince they speak of, since he is +Beelzebub, I hold him in scorn. + +Those who took Faithful's part were won by the force of plain +truth and right in his words; but the judge said, Let those speak +who know aught of this man. + +So three men, whose names were Envy, Superstition, and +Pick-thank, stood forth and swore to speak the truth, and tell +what they knew of Faithful. Envy said: My lord, this man cares +nought for kings or laws, but seeks to spread his own views, and +to teach men what he calls faith. I heard him say but just now +that the ways of our town of Vanity are vile. And does he not in +that speak ill of us? + +Then Superstition said: My lord, I know not much of this man, and +have no wish to know more, but of this I am sure, that he is a +bad man, for he says that our creeds are vain. + +Pick-thank was then bid to say what he knew, and his speech ran +thus: My lord, I have known this man for a long time, and have +heard him say things that ought not to be said. He rails at our +great Prince Beelzebub, and says that if all men were of his +mind, that prince should no more hold sway here. More than this, +he hath been heard to rail on you, my lord, who are now his +judge. + +Then said the Judge to Faithful: Thou base man! Hast though heard +what these folk have said of thee? + +Faithful.--May I speak a few words in my own cause? + +Judge.--Thy just doom would be to die on the spot; still, let us +hear what thou hast to say. + +Faithful.--I say, then, to Mr. Envy, that all laws and modes of +life in which men heed not the Word of God are full of sin. As to +the charge of Mr. Superstition, I would urge that nought can save +us if we do not the will of God. To Mr. Pick-thank, I say that +men should flee from the Prince of this town and his friends, as +from the wrath to come and so, I pray the Lord to help me. + +Then the Judge, to sum up the case, spoke thus: You see this man +who has made such a stir in our town. You have heard what these +good men have said of him, which he owns to be true. It rests now +to you to save his life or hang him. + +The twelve men who had Faithful's life in their hands spoke in a +low tone thus: This man is full of schisms, said Mr. Blind-man. +Out of the world with him, said Mr. No-good. I hate the mere look +of him, said Mr. Malice. From the first I could not bear him, +said Mr. Love-ease. Nor I, for he would be sure to blame my ways, +said Mr. Live-loose. Hang him, hang him! said Mr. Heady. A low +wretch! said Mr. High-mind. I long to crush him, said Mr. Enmity. +He is a rogue, said Mr. Liar. Death is too good for him, said Mr. +Cruelty. Let us kill him, that he may be out of the way, said Mr. +Hate-light. Then said Mr. Implacable: Not to gain all the world +would I make peace with him, so let us doom him to death. And so +they did, and in a short time he was led back to the place from +whence he came, there to be put to the worst death that could be +thought of; for the scourge, the sword, and the stake brought +Faithful to his end. + +Now I saw that there stood near the crowd a strange car with two +bright steeds, which, as soon as his foes had slain him, took +Faithful up through the clouds straight to The Celestial City, +with the sound of the harp and lute. + +As for Christian, for this time he got free; and there came to +him one Hopeful, who did so from what he had heard and seen of +Christian and Faithful. Thus, while one lost his life for the +truth, a new man rose from his death, to tread the same way with +Christian. And Hopeful said there were more men of the fair who +would take their time, and then come too. + +By and by their way lay just on the bank of a pure stream, from +which they drank. On each side of it were green trees that bore +fruit, and in a field through which it ran they lay down to +sleep. When they woke up they sat for a while in the shade of the +boughs; thus they went on for three or four days, and to pass the +time they sang: + +He that can tell What sweet fresh fruit, yea leaves these trees +do yield, Will soon sell all, that he may buy this field. + +Now on the left hand of the road was By-path Meadow, a fair green +field with a path through it, and a stile. Come, good Hopeful, +said Christian, let us walk on the grass. + +Hopeful.--But what if this path should lead us wrong? + +Christian.--How can it? Look, doth it not go by the way side? + +So they set off through the field. But they had not gone far when +they saw in front of them a man, Vain-confidence by name, who +told them that the path led to The Celestial Gate. So the man +went first; but lo, the night came on, and it grew so dark that +they lost sight of their guide, who, as he did not see the path +in front of him, fell in a deep pit, and was heard of no more. + +Where are we now? said Hopeful. + +Then was Christian mute, as he thought he had led his friend out +of the way. And now light was seen to flash from the sky, and +rain came down in streams. + +Hopeful (with a groan) Oh, that I had kept on my way! + +Christian.--Who could have thought that this path should lead us +wrong? + +Hopeful.--I had my fears from the first, and so gave you a hint. + +Christian.--Good friend, I grieve that I have brought you out of +the right path. + +Hopeful.--Say no more, no doubt it is for our good. + +Christian.--We must not stand thus; let us try to go back. + +Hopeful.--But, good Christian, let me go first. + +Then they heard a voice say: Set thine heart to the high way, the +way thou hast been: turn once more. But by this time the stream +was deep from the rain that fell, and to go back did not seem +safe; yet they went back, though it was so dark and the stream +ran so high that once or twice it was like to drown them. Nor +could they, with all their skill, get back that night. So they +found a screen from the rain, and there they slept till break of +day. + +Now, not far from the place where they lay was Doubting Castle, +the lord of which was Giant Despair; and it was on his ground +that they now slept. There Giant Despair found them, and with a +gruff voice he bade them wake. Whence are you? said he; and what +brought you here? They told him that they had lost the path. Then +said Giant Despair: You have no right to force your way in here; +the ground on which you lie is mine. + +They had not much to say, as they knew that they were in fault. +So Giant Despair drove them on, and put them in a dark and foul +cell in a strong hold. Here they were kept for three days, and +they had no light nor food nor a drop to drink all that time, and +no one to ask them how they did. Now Giant Despair had a wife, +whose name was Diffidence, and he told her what he had done. Then +said he, What will be the best way to treat them? Beat them well, +said Diffidence. So when he rose he took a stout stick from a +crab tree, and went down to the cell where poor Christian and +Hopeful lay, and beat them as if they had been dogs, so that they +could not turn on the floor; and they spent all that day in sighs +and tears. + +The next day he came once more, and found them sore from the +stripes, and said that since there was no chance for them to be +let out of the cell, their best way would be to put an end to +their own lives: For why should you wish to live, said he, with +all this woe? But they told him they did hope he would let them +go. With that he sprang up with a fierce look, and no doubt would +have made an end of them, but that he fell in a fit for a time, +and lost the use of his hand; so he drew back, and left them to +think of what he had said. + +Christian.--Friend, what shall we do? The life that we now lead +is worse than death. For my part I know not which is best, to +live thus, or to die at our own hand, as I feel that the grave +would be less sad to me than this cell. Shall we let Giant +Despair rule us? + +Hopeful.--In good truth our case is a sad one, and to die would +be more sweet to me than to live here; yet let us bear in mind +that the Lord of that land to which we go hath said: 'Thou shalt +not kill.' And by this act we kill our souls as well. My friend +Christian, you talk of ease in the grave, but can a man go to +bliss who takes his own life? All the law is not in the hands of +Giant Despair. Who knows but that God, who made the world, may +cause him to die, or lose the use of his limbs as he did at +first. I have made up my mind to pluck up the heart of a man, and +to try to get out of this strait. Fool that I was not to do so +when first he came to the cell. But let us not put an end to our +own lives, for a good time may come yet. + +By these words did Hopeful change the tone of Christian's mind. + +Well, at night the Giant went down to the cell to see if life was +still in them, and in good truth that life was in them was all +that could be said, for from their wounds and want of food they +did no more than just breathe. When Giant Despair found they were +not dead, he fell in a great rage, and said that it should be +worse with them if they had not been born. At this they shook +with fear, and Christian fell down in a swoon; but when he came +to, Hopeful said: My friend, call to mind how strong in faith you +have been till now. Say, could Apollyon hurt you, or all that you +heard, or saw, or felt in the Valley of the Shadow of Death? Look +at the fears, the griefs, the woes that you have gone through. +And now to be cast down! I, too, am in this cell, far more weak a +man than you, and Giant Despair dealt his blows at me as well as +you, and keeps me from food and light. Let us both (if but to +shun the shame) bear up as well as we can. + +When night came on, the wife of Giant Despair said to him: Well, +will the two men yield? + +To which he said: No; they choose to stand firm, and will not put +an end to their lives. + +Then said Mrs. Diffidence: At dawn of day take them to the yard, +and show them the graves where all those whom you have put to +death have been thrown, and make use of threats this time. + +So Giant Despair took them to this place, and said: In ten days +time you shall be thrown in here if you do not yield. Go; get you +down to your den once more. With that he beat them all the way +back, and there they lay the whole day in a sad plight. + +Now, when night was come, Mrs. Diffidence said to Giant Despair: +I fear much that these men live on in hopes to pick the lock of +the cell and get free. + +Dost thou say so, my dear? quoth Giant Despair to his wife; then +at sun rise I will search them. + +Now, on that night, as Christian and Hopeful lay in the den, they +fell on their knees to pray, and knelt till the day broke; when +Christian gave a start, and said: Fool that I am thus to lie in +this dark den when I might walk at large! I have a key in my +pouch, the name of which is Promise, that, I feel sure, will turn +the lock of all the doors in Doubting Castle. + +Then said Hopeful: That is good news; pluck it from thy breast, +and let us try it. + +So Christian put it in the lock, when the bolt sprang back, the +door flew wide, and Christian and Hopeful both came out. When +they got to the yard door the key did just as well; but the lock +of the last strong gate of Doubting Castle went hard, yet it did +turn at last, though the hinge gave so loud a creak that it woke +up Giant Despair, who rose to seek for the two men. But just then +he felt his limbs fail, for a fit came on him, so that he could +by no means reach their cell. Christian and Hopeful now fled back +to the high way, and were safe out of his grounds. When they sat +down to rest on a stile, they said they would warn those who +might chance to come on this road. So they cut these words on a +post: This is the way to Doubting Castle, which is kept by Giant +Despair, who loves not the King of the Celestial Country, and +seeks to kill all who would go there. + +Then they came to The Delectable Mountains, which the Lord of the +Hill owns. Here they saw fruit trees, vines, shrubs, woods, and +streams, and drank and ate of the grapes. Now there were men at +the tops of these hills who kept watch on their flocks, and as +they stood by the high way, Christian and Hopeful leant on their +staves to rest, while thus they spoke to the men: Who owns these +Delectable Mountains, and whose are the sheep that feed on them? + +Men.--These hills are Immanuel's, and the sheep are His too, and +He laid down his life for them. + +Christian.--Is this the way to The Celestial City? + +Men.--You are in the right road. + +Christian.--How far is it? + +Men.--Too far for all but those that shall get there, in good +truth. + +Christian.--Is the way safe? + +Men.--Safe for those for whom it is to be safe; but the men of +sin shall fall there. + +Christian.--Is there a place of rest here for those that faint on +the road? + +Men.--The Lord of these Hills gave us a charge to help those that +came here, should they be known to us or not; so all the good +things of the place are yours. + +I then saw in my dream that the men said: Whence come you, and by +what means have you got so far? For but few of those that set out +come here to show their face on these hills. + +So when Christian and Hopeful told their tale, the men cast a +kind glance at them, and said: With joy we greet you on The +Delectable Mountains! + +Their names were Knowledge, Experience, Watchful, and Sincere, +and they led Christian and Hopeful by the hand to their tents, +and bade them eat of that which was there, and they soon went to +their rest for the night. + +When the morn broke, the men woke up Christian and Hopeful, and +took them to a spot whence they saw a bright view on all sides. +Then they went with them to the top of a high hill, the name of +which was Error; it was steep on the far off side, and they bade +them look down to the foot of it. So Christian and Hopeful cast +their eyes down, and saw there some men who had lost their lives +by a fall from the top; men who had been made to err, for they +had put their trust in false guides. + +Have you not heard of them? said the men. + +Christian.--Yes, I have. + +Men.--These are they, and to this day they have not been put in a +tomb, but are left here to warn men to take good heed how they +come too near the brink of this hill. + +Then I saw that they had led them to the top of Mount Caution, +and bade them look far off. From that stile, said they, there +goes a path to Doubting Castle, which is kept by Giant Despair, +and the men whom you see there came as you do now, till they got +up to that stile; and, as the right way was rough to walk in, +they chose to go through a field, and there Giant Despair took +them, and shut them up in Doubting Castle, where they were kept +in a den for a while, till he at last sent them out quite blind, +and there they are still. At this Christian gave a look at +Hopeful, and they both burst out with sobs and tears, but yet +said not a word. + +Then the four men took them up a high hill, the name of which was +Clear, that they might see the gates of The Celestial City, with +the aid of a glass to look through, but their hands shook, so +they could not see well. + +When Christian and Hopeful thought they would move on, one of the +men gave them a note of the way, and the next (Experience by +name) bade them take heed that they slept not on The Enchanted +Ground, and the fourth bade them God Speed. Now it was that I +woke from my dream. + +Then I slept, and dreamt once more, and saw Christian and Hopeful +go down near the foot of these hills, where lies the land of +Conceit, which joins the way to Mount Zion, by a small lane. Here +they met a brisk lad, whose name was Ignorance, to whom Christian +said: Whence come you, and to what place do you go? + +Ignorance.--Sir, I was born in the land that lies off there on +the left, and I wish to go to The Celestial City. + +Christian.--How do you think to get in at the gate? + +Ignorance.--Just as the rest of the world do. + +Christian.--But what have you to show at that gate to pass you +through it? + +Ignorance.--I know my Lord's will, and I have led a good life; I +pay for all that I have, I give tithes, and give alms, and have +left my own land for that to which I now go. + +Christian.--But you came not in at the gate that is at the head +of this way, you came in through a small lane; so that I fear, +though you may think well of all you have done, that when the +time shall come, you will have this laid to your charge, that you +are a thief and so you will not get in. + +Ignorance.--Well, since I know you not; you keep to your own +creed, and I will keep to mine, and I hope all will be well. And +as for the gate that you talk of, all the world knows that it is +far from our land, and I do not think that there is a man in all +our parts who does so much as know the way to it, and I see not +what need there is that he should, since we have, as you see, a +fine green lane at the next turn that comes down from our part of +the world. + +Christian said in a low tone of voice to Hopeful: There is more +hope of a fool than of him. + +Hopeful.--Let us pass on if you will, and talk to him by and by, +when, may be, he can bear it. + +So they went on, and Ignorance trod in their steps a short way +from them, till they saw a road branch off from the one they were +in, and they knew not which of the two to take. + +As they stood to think of it, a man whose skin was black, but who +was clad in a white robe, came to them and said: Why do you stand +here? They told him that they were on their way to The Celestial +City, but knew not which of the two roads to take. + +Come with me, then, said the man, for it is there that I mean to +go. + +So they went with him, though it was clear that the road must +have made a bend, for they found they would soon turn their backs +on The Celestial City. + +Ere long, Christian and Hopeful were both caught in a net, and +knew not what to do; and with that the white robe fell off the +black man's back. + +Then they saw where they were. So there they sat down and wept. + +Christian.--Did not one of the four men who kept guard on their +sheep tell us to take heed lest Flatterer should spread a net for +out feet? + +Hopeful.--Those men, too, gave us a note of the way, but we have +not read it, and so have not kept in the right path. Thus they +lay in the net to weep and wail. + +At last they saw a Bright One come up to them with a whip of fine +cord in his hand, who said: What do you here? Whence come you? + +They told him that their wish was to go to Zion, but that they +had been led out of the way by a black man with a white cloak on, +who, as he was bound for the same place, said he would show them +the road. + +Then said he: It is Flatterer, a false man, who has put on the +garb of a Bright One for a time. + +So he rent the net and let the men out. Then he bade them come +with him, that he might set them on the right way once more. He +said: Where were you last night? + +Quoth they: With the men who kept watch of their sheep on The +Delectable Mountains. + +Then he said: But when you were at a stand why did you not read +your note? + +They told him they had not thought of it. + +Now I saw in my dream that he bade them lie down, and whipt them +sore, to teach them the good way in which they should walk; and +he said: Those whom I love I serve thus. + +So they gave him thanks for what he had taught them, and went on +the right way up the hill with a song of joy. + +At length they came to a land the air of which made men sleep, +and here the lids of Hopeful's eyes dropped, and he said: Let us +lie down here and take a nap. + +Christian.--By no means, lest if we sleep we wake no more. + +Hopeful.--Nay, friend Christian, sleep is sweet to the man who +has spent the day in toil. + +Christian.--Do you not call to mind that one of the men who kept +watch of the sheep bade us take care of The Enchanted Ground? He +meant by that that we should take heed not to sleep; so let us +not sleep, but watch. + +Hopeful.--I see I am in fault. + +Christian.--Now then, to keep sleep from our eyes I will ask you, +as we go, to tell me how you came at first to do as you do now? + +Hopeful.--Do you mean how came I first to look to the good of my +soul? + +Christian.--Yes. + +Hopeful.--For a long time the things that were seen and sold at +Vanity Fair were a great joy to me. + +Christian.--What things do you speak of? + +Hopeful.--All the good of this life; such as lies, oaths, drink; +in a word, love of self and all that tend to kill the soul. But I +heard from you and Faithful that the end of these things is +death. + +Thus did they talk as they went on their way. + +But I saw in my dream that by this time Christian and Hopeful had +got through The Enchanted Ground and had come to the land of +Beulah, where the air is sweet; and as their way lay through this +land, they made no haste to quit it, for here they heard the +birds sing all day long, and the sun shone day and night; the +Valley of Death was on the left, and it was out of the reach of +Giant Despair; nor could they from this place so much as see +Doubting Castle. + +Now were they in sight of Zion, and here some of the Bright Ones +came to meet them. Here, too, they heard the voice of those who +dwelt in Zion, and had a good view of this land of bliss, which +was built of rare gems of all hues, and the streets were laid +with gold. So that the rays of light which shone on Christian +were too bright for him to bear, and he fell sick, and Hopeful +had a fit of the same kind. So they lay by for a time, and wept, +for their joy was too much for them. + +At length, step by step, they drew near to Zion, and saw that the +gates were flung back. + +A man stood in the way, to whom Christian and Hopeful said: Whose +vines and crops are these? + +He told them they were the king's and were put there to give joy +to those who should go on the road. So he bade them eat what +fruit they chose, and took them to see the king's walks; where +they slept. + +Now I saw in my dream that they spoke more in their sleep than +they had done all the rest of the way, and I could but muse at +this, but the man said: Why do you muse at it? The juice from the +grapes of this vine is so sweet as to cause the lips of them that +sleep to speak. + +I then saw that when they woke, they would fain go up to Zion; +but as I said, the sun threw off such bright rays from The +Celestial City, which was built of pure gold, that they could +not, as yet, look on it, save through a glass made for that end. + +Now as they went, they met with two men in white robes, and the +face of each shone bright as the light. + +These men said: Whence come you? And when they had been told they +said: You have but one thing more to do, which is a hard one, and +then you are in Zion. + +Christian and Hopeful did then beg of the two men to go with +them; which they did. But, said they, It is by your own faith +that you must gain it. + +Now 'twixt them and the gate was a fierce stream which was broad +and deep; it had no bridge, and the mere sight of it did so stun +Christian and Hopeful that they could not move. + +But the men who went with them said: You can not come to the gate +but through this stream. + +Is there no way but this one to the gate? said poor Christian. + +Yes, quoth they, but there have been but two men, to wit, Enoch +and Elijah who have trod that path since the world was made. + +When Christian and Hopeful cast their eyes on the stream once +more, they felt their hearts sink with fear, and gave a look this +way and that in much dread of the waves. Yet through it lay the +way to Zion. Is the stream all of one depth? said Christian. He +was told that it was not, yet that in that there was no help, for +he would find the stream more or less deep, as he had faith in +the King of the place. So they set foot on the stream, but +Christian gave a loud cry to his good friend Hopeful, and said: +The waves close round my head, and I sink. Then said Hopeful: Be +of good cheer; my feet feel the bed of the stream, and it is +good. + +But Christian said: Ah, Hopeful, the pains of death have got hold +of me; I shall not reach the land that I long for. And with that +a cloud came on his sight, so that he could not see. + +Hopeful had much to do to keep Christian's head out of the +stream; nay, at times he had quite sunk, and then in a while he +would rise up half dead. + +Then said Hopeful: My friend, all this is sent to try if you will +call to mind all that God has done for you, and live on Him in +your heart. + +At these words Hopeful saw that Christian was in deep thought; so +he said to him: Be of good cheer, Christ will make thee whole. + +Then Christian broke out with a loud voice: Oh, I see Him, and He +speaks to me and says, When you pass through the deep streams, I +will be with you. + +And now they both got strength, and the stream was as still as a +stone, so that Christian felt the bed of it with his feet, and he +could walk through it. Thus they got to the right bank, where the +two men in bright robes stood to wait for them, and their clothes +were left in the stream. + +Now you must bear in mind that Zion was on a steep hill, yet did +Christian and Hopeful go up with ease and great speed, for they +had these two men to lead them by the arms. + +The hill stood in the sky, for the base of it was there. So in +sweet talk they went up through the air. The Bright Ones told +them of the bliss of the place, which they said was such as no +tongues could tell, and that there they would see the Tree of +Life, and eat of the fruit of it. + +When you come there, said they, white robes will be put on you, +and your talk from day to day shall be with the King for all +time. There you shall not see such things as you saw on earth, to +wit, care and want, and woe and death. You now go to be with +Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. + +Christian and Hopeful.--What must we do there? + +They said: You will have rest for all your toil, and joy for all +your grief. You will reap what you have sown--the fruit of all +the tears you shed for the King by the way. In that place you +will wear crowns of gold, and have at all times a sight of Him +who sits on the throne. There you shall serve Him with love, with +shouts of joy and with songs of praise. + +Now, while they thus drew up to the gate, lo, a host of saints +came to meet them, to whom the two Bright Ones said: These are +men who felt love for our Lord when they were in the world, and +left all for His name; and He sent us to bring them far on their +way, that they might go in and look on their Lord with joy. + +Then the whole host with great shouts came round on all sides (as +it were to guard them); so that is would seem to Christian and +Hopeful as if all Zion had come down to meet them. + +Now, when Christian and Hopeful went in at the gate a great +change took place in them, and they were clad in robes that shone +like gold. There were bright hosts that came with harps and +crowns, and they said to them: Come, ye, in the joy of the Lord. +And then I heard all the bells in Zion ring. + +Now, just as the gates were flung back for the men to pass in, I +had a sight of Zion, which shone like the sun; the ground was of +gold, and those who dwelt there had love in their looks, crowns +on their heads, and palms in their hands, and with one voice they +sent forth shouts of praise. + +But the gates were now once more shut, and I could but wish that +I, too, had gone in to share this bliss. Then I woke, and, lo, it +was a dream. + +END OF FIRST PART. + + + +PART II. + +Once more I had a dream, and it was this:--Christiana, the wife +of Christian, had been on her knees to pray, and as she rose, she +heard a loud knock at the door. If you come in God's name, said +she, come in. Then I thought in my dream that a form, clad in +robes as white as snow, threw back the door, and said, Peace be +to this house. At a sight so new to her, Christiana at first grew +pale with fear, but in a short time took heart and told him she +would fain know whence he came, and why. So he said his name was +Secret, and that he dwelt with those that are on high. Then said +her guest: Christiana, here is a note for thee, which I have +brought from Christian. So she took it, broke the seal, and read +these words, which were in gold:--"To her who was my dear wife. +The King would have you do as I have done, for that was the way +to come to this land, and to dwell with Him in joy." When +Christiana read this, she shed tears, and said to him who brought +the note, Sir, will you take me and my sons with you, that we, +too, may bow down to this king? But he said, Christiana, joy is +born of grief: care must come first, then bliss. To reach the +land where I dwell, thou must go through toils, as well as scorn +and taunts. But take the road that leads up to the field gate +which stands in the head of the way; and I wish you all good +speed. I would have thee wear this note in thy breast, that it +may be read by thee till thou must give it up at the last gate +that leads to The Celestial City. + +Then Christiana spoke to her boys, and said: My sons, I have of +late been sad at the death of Christian, your dear sire. But I +feel sure now that it is well with him, and that he dwells in the +land of life and peace. I have, too, felt deep grief at the +thoughts of my own state and yours; for we were wrong to let our +hearts grow cold, and turn a deaf ear to him in the time of his +woe, and hold back from him when he fled from this City of +Destruction. + +The thought of these things would kill me, were it not for a +dream which I had last night, and for what a guest who came here +at dawn has told me. So come, my dear ones, let us make our way +at once to the gate that leads to The Celestial City, that we may +see your sire and be there with him and his friends. + +Then her first two sons burst out in tears of joy that +Christiana's heart was set that way. + +Now while they put all things right to go, two friends of +Christiana's came up to her house, and gave a knock at the door. +To them she said, If you come in God's name, come in. This mode +of speech from the lips of Christiana struck them as strange. Yet +they came in, and said, Pray what do you mean by this? + +I mean to leave my home, said she to Mrs. Timorous--for that was +the name of one of these friends. + +Timorous:--To what end, pray tell me? + +Christiana:--To go to my dear Christian. And with that she wept. + +Timorous:--Nay, can it be so? Who or what has brought you to +this state of mind? + +Christiana:--Oh, my friend, if you did but know as much as I do, +I doubt not that you would be glad to go with me. + +Timorous:--Pray what new lore have you got hold of that draws +your mind from your friends, and tempts you to go no one knows +where? + +Christiana:--I dreamt last night that I saw Christian. Oh, that +my soul were with him now! The Prince of the place has sent for +me, through one who came to me at sun rise, and brought this note +to bid me go there; read it, I pray you. + +Timorous:--Ah, how mad to run such risks! You have heard, I am +sure, from our friend Obstinate, what Christian met with on the +way, for he went with him; yea, and Pliable, too, till they, like +wise men, came back through fear. You heard how he met with the +beasts of prey and Apollyon, what he saw in the Valley of the +Shadow of Death, and more still that makes my hair stand on end +to hear of; think, too, of these four sweet boys who are your own +flesh and bone; and, though you should be so rash as to wish to +go, yet for their sale, I pray you keep at home. + +But Christiana said: Tempt me not. I have now a chance put in my +hand to get gain, and in truth I should be a fool if I had not +the heart to grasp it. And these toils and snares that you tell +me of shall not keep me back; no, they serve but to show me that +I am in the right. Care must first be felt, then joy. So since +you came not to my house in God's name, as I said, I pray you to +be gone, and tempt me no more. + +Then Timorous said to Mercy (who had come with her): Let us leave +her in her own hands, since she scorns all that I say. + +But Mercy thought that if her friend Christiana must be gone, she +would go part of the way with her to help her. She took some +thought, too, of her own soul, for what Christiana had said had +laid hold on her mind, and she felt she must have some talk with +this friend; and if she found that truth and life were in her +words, she would join her with all her heart. + +So Mercy said to Timorous: I came with you to see Christiana, and +since on this day she takes leave of the town, I think the least +I can do would be to walk a short way with her to help her on. +But the rest she kept from Timorous. + +Timorous:--Well, I see you have a mind to play the fool, too; +but take heed in good time, and be wise. + +So Mrs. Timorous went to her own house; and Christiana, with her +four boys and Mercy, went on their way. + +Mercy, said Christiana, I take this as a great boon that you +should set foot out of doors to start me on my way. + +Then said young Mercy (for she was quite young): If I thought it +would be good to join you, I would not go back at all to the +town. + +Christiana:--Well, Mercy, cast your lot in with mine; I know +what will be the end of our toils. Christian is where he would +not fail to be for all the gold in the mines of Spain. Nor shall +you be sent back, though there be no one but I to ask it for you; +for the King who has sent for me and my boys is One who turns not +from those who seek Him. If you like I will hire you, and you +shall go as my maid, and yet shall share all things with me, so +that you do but go. + +Mercy:--But how do I know that I shall be let in? If I thought I +should have help from Him from whom all help comes, I would make +no pause, but would go at once, let the way be as rough as it +might. + +Christiana:--Well, Mercy, I will tell you what I would have you +do. Go with me as far as to the field gate, and there I will ask; +and if no hopes should be held out to you by Him who keeps the +gate, you can but go back to your home. + +Mercy: Well, I will go with you, and the Lord grant that my lot +may be cast to dwell in the land for which my heart yearns. + +Christiana then felt glad that she had a friend to join her, and +that her friend should have so great a care for her soul. + +So they went on their way; but the face of Mercy wore so sad a +mien that Christiana said to her, What ails you? Why do you weep? + +Mercy:--Oh, who could but weep to think of the state of my poor +friends near and dear to me, in our had town? + +Christiana:--You feel for your friends as my good Christian did +for me when he left me, for it went to his heart to find that I +would not see these things in the same light as he did. And now, +you, I, and these dear boys, reap the fruits of all his woes. I +hope, Mercy, these tears of yours will not be shed in vain, for +He who could not lie, has said that they who sow in tears shall +reap in joy. + +Now when Christiana came up to the Slough Of Despond, she and her +sons made a stand, and Christiana told them that this was the +place in which her dear Christian fell. But Mercy said, Come, let +us try; all we have to do is to keep the steps well in view. Yet +Christiana made a slip or two in the mud; but at last they got +through the slough, and then they heard a voice say to them: +Blest is she who hath faith, for those things which were told her +of the Lord shall come to pass. + +So now they went on once more, and Mercy said, Had I as good +grounds to hope to get in at the gate as you have, I think no +Slough Of Despond would keep me back. + +Well, said Christiana, you know your sore, and I know mine, and +hard toil will it be for both of us to get to the end of the way; +for how can we think that they who set out on a scheme of so much +bliss, should steer clear of frights and fears on their way to +that bright bourn which it is their aim to reach? + +When they came to the gate, it took them some time to make out a +plan of what they should say to Him who stood there; and as Mercy +was not so old as her friend, she said that it must rest with +Christiana to speak for all of them. So, she gave a knock, and +then (like Christian) two more; but no one came. + +Now they heard the fierce bark of a dog, which made them shake +with fear, nor did they dare for a while to knock a third time, +lest the dog should fly at them. So they were put to their wits' +end to know what to do: to knock they did not dare, for fear of +the dog; to go back they did not dare, lest He who kept the gate +should see them as they went, and might not like it. At last they +gave a knock four times as loud as the first. + +Then He who stood at the gate said, Who is there? The dog was +heard to bark no more, and the gate swung wide for them to come +in. + +Christiana sank on her knees, and said, Let not our Lord be wroth +that we have made this loud noise at His gate. + +At this He said: Whence come you, and what is it that you would +have? + +Quoth Christiana: We are come from the town whence Christian +came, to beg to be let in at this gate, that we may go on our way +to The Celestial City. I was once the wife of Christian, who now +is in the land of bliss. + +With that, He who kept the gate threw up His arms and said, What! +is she on her road to The Celestial City who, but a short time +since, did hate the life of that place? + +Then Christiana bent her head, and said, Yes, and so are these, +my dear sons. So He took her by the hand and led her in; and when +her four sons had gone through, He shut the gate. This done, He +said to a man hard by, Sound the horn for joy. + +But now that Christiana was safe through the gate with her boys, +she thought it time to speak a word for Mercy, so she said, My +Lord, I have a friend who stands at the gate, who has come here +with the same trust that I did; one whose heart is sad to think +that she comes, it may be, when she is not sent for; while I had +word from Christian's King to come. + +The time did so lag with poor Mercy while she stood to be let in, +that though it was but a short space, yet through fear and doubt +did it seem to her like an hour at least; and Christiana could +not say more for Mercy to Him who kept the gate for the knocks, +which came so fast, and were at last so loud that they made +Christiana start. + +Then He said, Who is there? + +Quoth Christiana: It is my friend. + +So He threw back the gate to look out, but Mercy was in a swoon, +from the fear that she should not be let in. + +Then He took her by the hand and said, Fear not; stand firm on +thy feet, and tell me whence thou art come, and for what end? + +Mercy:--I do not come as my friend Christiana does, for I was +not sent for by the King, and I fear I am too bold. Yet if there +is grace to share, I pray Thee let me share it. + +Then He took her once more by the hand and led her in, and said, +All may come in who put their trust in me, let the means be what +they may that brought them here. + +Then He told those that stood by to bring her some myrrh, and in +a while she got well. + +Now I saw in my dream that he spoke good words to Mercy, +Christiana, and her boys, so as to make glad their hearts. And He +took them up to the top of the gate, where He left them for a +while, and Christiana said: Oh my dear friend, how glad am I that +we have all got in! + +Mercy:--So you may well be; but most of all have I cause for +joy. + +Christiana:--I thought at one time as I stood at the gate, and +none came to me, that all our pains had been lost. + +Mercy:--But my worst fears came when I saw Him who kept the gate +grant you your wish, and take no heed of me. And this brought to +my mind the two who ground at the same mill, and how I was the +one who was left; and I found it hard not to cry out, I am lost! +I am lost! + +Christiana:--I thought you would have come in by rude force. + +Mercy:--Ah me! You saw that the door was shut on me, and that a +fierce hound was not far off. Who, with so faint a heart as mine, +would not give loud knocks with all her might? But, pray, what +said my Lord at this rude noise? Was He not wroth with me? + +Christiana:--When He heard your loud thumps at the door He gave +a smile; and to my mind, what you did would seem to please Him +well. But it is hard to guess why He keeps such a dog. Had I +known of it, I fear I should not have had the wish to come. But +now we are in, we are safe; and I am glad with all my heart. + +One of Christiana's boys said: Pray ask to have a chain put on +the dog, for it will bite us when we go hence. + +Then He who kept the gate came down to them once more, and Mercy +fell with her face to the ground, and said, Oh, let me bless and +praise the Lord with my lips! + +So He said to her, Peace be to thee; stand up. + +But she would not rise till she had heard from Him why He kept so +fierce a dog in the yard. He told her He did not own the dog, but +that it was shut up in the grounds of one who dwelt near. In +truth, said He, it is kept from no good will to me or mine, but +to cause those who come here to turn back from my gate by the +sound of its voice. But hadst thou known more of me thou wouldst +not have felt fear of a dog. The poor man who goes from door to +door will, for the sake of alms, run the risk of a bite from a +cur; and shall a dog keep thee from me? + +Mercy:--I spoke of what I knew not; but, Lord, I know that Thou +dost all things well. + +Then Christiana rose as if she would go on her way. So He fed +them, and set them in the right path, as He had done to +Christian. And as they went, Christiana sang a hymn: "We turn our +tears to joy, and our fears to faith." + +They had not gone far when they saw some fruit trees, the boughs +of which hung from the top of a wall that was built around the +grounds of him who kept the fierce hound, and at times those that +came that way would eat them to their cost. So as they were ripe, +Christiana's boys threw them down and ate some of them; though +Christiana chid them for it, and said, That fruit is not ours. +But she knew not then whose it was. Still the boys would eat of +it. + +Now when they had gone but a bow shot from the place, they saw +two men, who with bold looks came fast down the hill to meet +them. With that, Christiana and her friend Mercy, drew down their +veils, and so kept on their way, and the boys went on first. Then +the men came up to them, but Christiana said: Stand back, or go +by in peace, as you should. Yet they took no more heed of her +words than if they had been deaf. + +Christiana, who did not like their looks, said, We are in haste, +and can not stay; our work is a work of life and death. With that +she and the rest made a fresh move to pass, but the men would not +let them. So with one voice they all set up a loud cry. Now, as +they were not far from the held gate, they were heard from that +place, and some of those in the lodge came out in haste to catch +these bad men; when they soon leapt the wall, and got safe to the +grounds where the dog was kept. + +Reliever:--How was it that when you were at the gate you did not +ask Him who stood there to take you on your way, and guard you +from harm? Had you done so you would not have gone through these +frights, for He would have been sure to grant you your wish. + +Christiana:--Ah, Sir, the joy we felt when we were let in, drove +from our thoughts all fears to come. And how could we think that +such had men could lurk in such a place as that? True, it would +have been well for us if we had thought to ash Him; but since our +Lord knew it would he for our good, how came it to pass that He +did not send some one with us? + +Reliever:--You did not ask. When the want of a thing is felt, +that which we wish for is worth all the more. + +Christiana:--Shall we go back to my Lord and tell Him we wish we +had been more wise, and ask for a guard? + +Reliever:--Go back you need not, for in no place where you go +will you find a want at all. + +When he had said this he took his leave, and the rest went on +their way. + +Mercy:--What a blank is here! I made sure we had been past all +risk, and that we should see no more care. + +Christiana:--Your youth may plead for you, my friend, and screen +you from blame; but as for me, my fault is so much the worse in +so far as I knew what would take place ere I came out of my door. +Mercy:--But how could you know this ere you set out? + +Christiana:--Why, I will tell you. One night as I lay in bed, I +had a dream, in which I saw the whole scene as it took place just +now. + +By this time Christiana, Mercy and the four boys had come to the +house of Interpreter. Now when they drew near to the door they +heard the sound of Christiana's name; for the news of her flight +had made a great stir; but they knew not that she stood at the +door. At last she gave a knock, as she had done at the gate, when +there came to the door a young maid, Innocent by name. + +Innocent:--With whom would you speak in this place? + +Christiana:--As we heard that this is a place of rest for those +that go by the way, we pray that we may be let in, for the day, +as you see, is far spent, and we are loth to go on by night. + +Innocent:--Pray what is your name, that I may tell it to my +Lord? + +Christiana:--My name is Christiana; I was the wife of Christian, +who some time since came by this way, and these are his four +sons. + +Innocent then ran in and said to those there, Can you guess who +is at the door? There are Christiana, her boys and her friend! + +So they leapt for joy, and went to tell it to their Lord, who +came to the door and said, Art thou that Christiana whom +Christian left in the town of Destruction, when he set out for +The Celestial City? + +Christiana:--I am she, and my heart was so hard as to slight his +woes, and leave him to make his way as he could; and these are +his four sons. But I, too, am come, for I feel sure that no way +is right but this. + +Interpreter:--But why do you stand at the door? Come in; it was +but just now that we spoke of you, for we heard that you were on +your way. Come, my dear boys, come in; come, my sweet maid, come +in. So he took them to the house, and bade them sit down and +rest. All in the house wore a smile of joy to think that +Christiana was on her way to The Celestial City, and they were +glad to see the young ones walk in God's ways, and gave them a +kind of clasp of the hand to show their good will. They said soft +words, too, to Mercy, and bade them all be at their ease. To fill +up the time till they could sup, Interpreter took them to see all +those things that had been shown to Christian. This done, they +were led to a room in which stood a man with a prong in his hand, +who could look no way but down on the ground; and there stood one +with a crown in his hand, which he said he would give him for his +prong; yet the first man did not look up, but went on to rake the +straws, dust, and stocks which lay on the floor. + +Then said Christiana: I think I know what this means. It is a +sketch of a man of this world, is it not, good Sir? + +Interpreter:--Thou art right, and his prong shows that his mind +is of the earth, and that he thinks life in the next world is a +mere song; take note that he does not so much as look up; and +straws, sticks, and dust, with most, are the great things to live +for. + +At that Christiana and Mercy wept, and said, Ah, yes, it is too +true! + +Interpreter then took them to a room where were a hen and her +chicks, and bade them look well at them for a while. So one of +the chicks went to the trough to drink, and each time she drank +would she lift up her head and her eyes to the sky. + +See, said he, what this bird does, and learn of her to know +whence all good comes, and to give to the Lord who dwells on +high, the praise and thanks for it. Look once more, and see all +the ways that the hen has with her young brood. There is her call +that goes on all day long; and there is her call that comes but +now and then; she has a third call to shield them with her wings; +and her fourth is a loud cry, which she gives when she spies a +foe. Now, said he, set her ways by the side of your King's, and +the ways of these chicks by the side of those who love to do His +will, and then you will see what I mean. For He has a way to walk +in with His saints. By the call that comes all day He gives +nought; by a call that is rare He is sure to have some good to +give; then there is a call, too, for those that would come to His +wings, which He spreads out to shield them; and He has a cry to +warn men from those who might hurt their souls. I choose scenes +from real life, as they are not too hard for you to grasp, when I +fit them to your own case; and it is the love I have for your +souls that prompts me to show you these things. + +Christiana:--Pray let us see some more. + +Interpreter then took them to his field, which was sown with +wheat and corn; but when they came to look, the ears were cut +off, and there was nought but the straw left. + +Interpreter:--What shall we do with the crop? + +Christiana:--Burn some, and use the rest to dress the ground +with. + +Interpreter:--Fruit, you see, is the thing you look for, and for +want of that you cast off the whole crop. Take heed that in this +you do not seal your own doom; for by fruit I mean works. + +Now when they came back to the house the meal was not yet spread, +so did Christiana beg of Interpreter to show or tell them some +more things. + +Interpreter:--So much the more strong a man's health is, so much +the more prone is he to sin. The more fat the sow is, the more +she loves the mire. It is not so hard to sit up a night or two, +as to watch for a whole year; just as it is not so hard to start +well as it is to hold out to the end. One leak will sink a ship, +and one sin will kill a man's soul. If a man would live well, let +him keep his last day in mind. + +Now when Christiana, Mercy and the boys bad all had a good +night's rest, they rose with the sun, and made a move to leave; +but Interpreter told them to wait a while. For, said he, you must +go hence in due form, such is the rule of the house. + +Then he told Innocent to take them to the bath, and there wash +the dust from them. This done, they came forth fresh and strong, +and as Interpreter said, Fair as the moon. + +Next he told those near him to bring the seal, and when it was +brought he set his mark on them that they might be known in each +place where they went. + +Then said Interpreter: Bring vests for them. And they were clad +in robes as white as snow, so that it made each start to see the +rest shine with so bright a light. + +Interpreter then sent for one of his men whose name was +Great-heart, and bade that he should be clad in a coat of mail, +with sword and shield, and that he should take them to a house, +the name of which was Beautiful, where they would rest. + +Then Interpreter took his leave of them, with a good wish for +each. So they went on their way, and thus they sang:-- + +"O move me, Lord, to watch and pray, +From sin my heart to clear; +To take my cross up day by day, +And serve the Lord with fear." + +They next came to the place where Christian's load had been lost +in the tomb. Here they made a pause, and gave thanks to Him who +laid down His life to save theirs. So now they went up the hill, +which was so steep that the toil made Christiana pant for breath. + +How can we doubt, said she, that they who love rest more than +their souls would choose some way on which they could go with +more ease than this? + +Then Mercy said, Come what may, I must rest for a while. + +And James, who was the least of the boys, gave way to tears. + +Come, Come! said Great-heart, sit not down here; for there is a +seat near us put there by the Prince. With this he took the young +child by the hand, and led him to it; and they were all glad to +sit down, and to be out of the heat of the sun's rays. + +Then said Mercy: How sweet is rest to them that work! And how +good is the Prince to place this seat here that such as we may +rest! Of this spot I have heard much, but let us take heed that +we sleep not, for that once cost poor Christian dear. + +Then said Mr. Great-heart: Well, my brave boys, how do you do? +What think you of this hill? + +Sir, said James, this hill beats me out of heart! And I see now +that what I have been told is true; the land of bliss is up +steps; but still, Sir, it is worse to go down hill to death than +up hill to life. + +You are a good boy, said Great-heart. + +At this Mercy could but smile, and it made James blush. + +Christiana:--Come, will you not drink of this flask, and eat +some fruit, while we sit here to rest? For Mr. Interpreter put +these in my hand as I came out of his door. + +Now when they had sat there a while, their guide said to them: +The day runs on, and if you think well of it, let us now go on +our way. + +So they all set out, the boys first, then the rest; but they had +not gone far when Christiana found she had left the flask, so she +sent James back to fetch it. + +Mercy:--I think this is the place where Christian lost his +scroll. How was this, Sir? + +Great-heart:--We may trace it to two things; one is sleep, and +one is that you cease to think of that which you cease to want; +and when you lose sight of a boon you lose sight of Him who +grants it, and the joy of it will end in tears. + +By and by they came to a small mound with a post on it, where +these words were cut, Let him who sees this post take heed of his +heart and his tongue that they be not false. Then they went on +till they came up to two large beasts of prey. + +Now Great-heart was a strong man, so he had no fear; but their +fierce looks made the boys start, and they all clung round +Great-heart. + +How now, my boys! You march on first, as brave as can be, when +there is no cause for fear; but when a test of your strength +comes, you shrink. + +Now when Great-heart drew his sword to force a way, there came up +one Giant Grim, who said in a gruff voice, What right have you to +come here? + +Great-heart:--These folk are on their way to The Celestial City, +and this is the road they shall go, in spite of thee and the wild +beasts. + +Grim:--This is not their way, nor shall they go on it. I am come +forth to stop them, and to that end will back the wild beasts. + +Now, to say the truth, so fierce were these beasts, and so grim +the looks of them that the road was grown with weeds and grass +from want of use. And still Grim bade them turn, For, said he, +you shall not pass. + +But their guide came up, and struck so hard at him with his sword +as to force him to fall back. + +Giant Grim:--Will you slay me on my own ground? + +Great-heart:--It is the King's high way on which we stand, and +in His way it is that you have put these beasts. But these, who +are in my charge, though weak, shall hold on in spite of all. And +with that he dealt him a blow that brought him to the ground; so +Giant Grim was slain. + +Then Great-heart said, Come now with me, and you shall take no +harm from the two beasts. So they went by, but shook from head to +foot at the mere sight of their teeth and claws. + +At length they came in sight of the lodge, to which they soon +went up, but made the more haste to get there as it grew dusk. So +when they were come to the gate the guide gave a knock, and the +man at the lodge said in a loud voice, Who is there? + +Great-heart:--It is I + +Mr. Watchful:--How now, Mr. Great-heart? What has brought you +here at so late an hour? Then Great-heart told him that he had +come with some friends on their way to Zion. + +Mr. Watchful:--Will you go in and stay till the day dawns? + +Great-heart:--No, I will go back to my Lord to night. + +Christiana:--Ah, Sir, I know not how we can part with you, for +it is to your stout heart that we owe our lives. You have fought +for us, you have taught us what is right, and your faith and your +love have known no bounds. + +Mercy:--O that we could have you for our guide all the rest of +the way! For how can such weak folk as we are hold out in a path +fraught with toils and snares, if we have no friends to take us? + +James:--Pray, Sir, keep with us and help us, when the way we go +is so hard to find. + +Great-heart:--As my Lord wills, so must I do; if He send me to +join you once more, I shall be glad to wait on you. But it was +here that you were in fault at first, for when He bade me come +thus far with you, if you had said, We beg of you to let him go +quite through with us, He would have let me do so. But now I must +go back; and so good Christiana, Mercy and my dear boys, fare ye +all well. + +Then did Watchful, who kept the lodge, ask Christiana whence she +had come and who her friends were. + +Christiana:--I come from The City of Destruction, and I was the +wife of one Christian, who is dead. + +Then Watchful rang the hell, as at such times he is wont, and +there came to the door a maid, to whom he said: Go, make it known +that Christiana, the wife of Christian, and her four boys are +come on their way to The Celestial City. . + +So she went in and told all this. And, oh, what shouts of joy +were sent forth when those words fell from her mouth! So all came +with haste to Watchful; for Christiana still stood at the door. + +Some of the most grave said to her, Christiana, come in, thou +wife of that good man, come in, thou blest one, come in, with all +that are with thee. + +So she went in, and the rest with her. They then bade them sit +down in a large room, where the chief of the house came to see +them and to cheer his guests. Then he gave each of them a kiss. +But as it was late, and Christiana and the rest were faint with +the great fright they had had, they would fain have gone to rest. + +Nay, said those of the house, take first some meat; for as +Watchful had heard that they were on their way, a lamb had been +slain for them When the meal had come to an end, and they had +sung a psalm, Christiana said, If we may be so bold as to choose, +let us be in that room which was Christian's when he was here. + +So they took them there, but ere she went to sleep, Christiana +said, I did not think when my poor Christian set off with his +load on his back that I should do the same thing. + +Mercy:--No, nor did you think then that you should rest in the +same room as he had done. + +Christiana:--And less still to see his dear face once more who +was dead and gone, and to praise the Lord the King with him; and +yet now I think I shall. + +Mercy:--Do you not hear a noise? + +Christiana:--Hark! as far as I can make out, the sounds we hear +come from the lute, the pipe, and the horn. + +Mercy:--Sweet sounds in the house, sweet sounds in the air, +sweet sounds in the heart, for joy that we are here. + +Thus did Christiana and Mercy chat, and they, then slept. + +Now at dawn when they woke up, Christiana said to Mercy: What was +it that made you laugh in your sleep last night? Were you in a +dream? + +Mercy:--Yes, and a sweet dream it was. But are you sure that I +did laugh? + +Christiana:--Yes, you gave a laugh as if from your heart of +hearts. Do pray, Mercy, tell it to me. + +Mercy:--I dreamt that I lay in some lone wood to weep and wail, +for that my heart should be so hard a one. Now I had not been +there long when I thought there were some who had come to hear me +speak in my sleep; but I went on with my moans. At this they said +with a laugh that I was a fool. Then I saw a Bright One with +wings come up to me, who said, Mercy, what ails you? And when he +heard the cause Of my grief, he said, Peace be to thee. He then +came up to wipe off my tears and had me clad in robes of gold, +and put a chain on my neck, and a crown on my head. Then he took +me by the hand and said, Mercy, come this way. So he went up with +me till we came to a gate, at which he gave a knock and then he +took me to a throne on which one sat. The place was as bright as +the stars, nay more like the sun. And I thought that I saw +Christian there. So I woke from my dream. But did I laugh? + +Christiana:--Laugh! Yes, and so you might, to see how well off +you were! For you must give me leave to tell you, that as you +find the first part true, so you will find true the last. + +Mercy:--Well, I am glad of my dream, for I hope ere long to see +it come to pass, so as to make me laugh once more. + +Christiana:--I think it is now high time to rise, and to know +what we must do. + +Mercy:--Pray, if they should ask us to stay, let us by all means +do so; for I should much like to know more of these maids. I +think Prudence, Piety, and Charity have, each of them, a most +choice mien. + +Christiana:--We shall see what they will do. + +So they came down. + +Then Prudence and Piety: If you will stay, here you shall have +what the house will yield. + +Charity:--Yes, and that with a good will. + +So they were there some time, much to their good. + +Prudence:--Christiana, I give you all praise, for you have +brought your boys up well. With James I have had a long chat; he +is a good boy, and has learnt much that will bring peace to his +mind, while he lives on this earth, and in the world to come it +will cause him to see the face of Him who sits on the throne. For +my own part, I will teach all your sons. At the same time, said +she to them: You must still give heed to all that Christiana can +teach you, but more than all, you must read the Book of God's +Word, which sent your dear sire on his way to the land of bliss. + +By the time that Christiana and the rest had been in this place a +week, a man, Mr. Brisk by name, came to woo Mercy, with the wish +to wed her. Now Mercy was fair to look on and her mind was at all +times set on work and the care of those round her. She would knit +hose for the poor, and give to all those things of which they +stood in need. + +She will make me a good house wife, thought Brisk. + +Mercy one day said to those of the house: Will you tell me what +you think of Mr. Brisk? + +They then told her that the young man would seem to have a great +sense of the love of God, but that they had fears it did not +reach his soul, which they thought did cleave too much to this +world. + +Nay then, said Mercy, I will look no more on him, for I will not +have a clog to my soul. + +Prudence:--If you go on as you have set out, and work so hard +for the poor, he will soon cool. + +So the next time he came, he found her at her work. + +What, still at it? said he. + +Mercy:--Yes. + +Mr. Brisk:--How much can you earn in the day. + +Mercy:--I work at these things for the good of those for whom I +do them; and more than this, to do the will of Him who was slain +on the cross for me. + +With that his face fell, and he came no more to see her. + +Prudence:--Did I not tell you that Mr. Brisk would soon flee +from you? Yea, he may seem to love Mercy, but Mercy and he should +not tread the same road of life side by side. + +Now Matthew, the son of Christiana, fell sick, so they sent to +Mr. Skill to cure him. Then said he: Tell me what he eats. + +Christiana:--Well, there is no food here but what is good. + +Mr. Skill:--This boy has in him a crude mass of food, which if I +do not use the means to get rid of, he will die. + +Samuel said to Christiana, What was it that you saw Matthew pick +up and eat when we came from the gate which is at the head of +this way? + +Christiana:--It was some of the fruit that grows there; I chid +him for it. + +Skill:--I felt sure that it was some bad food; now that fruit +hurts more than all, for it is the fruit from Beelzebub's +grounds. Did no one warn you of it? Some fall down dead when they +eat it. + +Then Christiana wept and said, What shall I do for my son? Pray, +Sir, try your best to cure him, let it cost what it may. + +Then Skill gave strange drugs to him, which he would not take. So +Christiana put one of them to the tip of her tongue. Oh, Matthew, +said she, it is sweet, sweet as balm; if you love me, if you love +Mercy, if you love your life, do take it! + +So in time he did, and felt grief for his sin. He quite lost the +pain, so that with a staff he could walk, and went from room to +room to talk with Mercy, Prudence, Piety and Charity. + +Christiana:--Pray, Sir, what else are these Pills good for? + +Skill:--They are good for all those that go on their way to The +Celestial City. + +Christiana:--I pray of you to make me up a large box full of +them, for if I can get these, I will take none else. + +Skill:--I make no doubt that if a man will but use them as he +should, he could not die. But good Christiana, these pills will +be of no use if you do not give them as I have done, and that is, +in a glass of grief for the sins of those who take them. So he +gave some to Christiana and the rest of her boys, and to Mercy; +he bade Matthew, too, keep a good look out that he ate no more +green plums; then he gave them a kiss, and went his way. + +Now, as they had spent some time here, they made a move to go. +Then Joseph, who was Christiana's third, son, said to her: You +were to send to the house of Mr. Interpreter to beg him to grant +that Mr. Great-heart should go with us as our guide. + +Good boy! said Christiana, I had not thought of it. + +So she wrote a note, and Interpreter said to the man who brought +it: Go, tell them that I will send him. + +Great-heart soon came, and he said to Christiana and Mercy, My +Lord has sent you some wine and burnt corn, and to the boys figs +and dry grapes. + +They then set off, and Prudence and Piety went with them. But +first Christiana took leave of Watchful, who kept the gate, and +put a small coin in his hand while she gave him her thanks for +all that he had done for her and her dear boys. She then said to +him, Have you seen men go by since we have been here? + +Watchful:--Yes, I have, and there has been a great theft on this +high way; but the thieves were caught. + +Then Christiana and Mercy said they felt great fear to go on that +road. + +Matthew:--Fear not, as long as we have Mr. Great-heart with us +to guide us. + +I now saw in my dream that they went on till they came to the +brow of the hill, when Piety said: O, I must go back to fetch +that which I meant to give to Christiana and Mercy, and it was a +list of all those things which they had seen at the house where +we live. On these, said she, I beg of you to look from time to +time, and call them to mind for your good. + +They now went down the hill to the Vale of Humiliation. It was a +steep hill, and their feet slid as they went on; but they took great +care, and when they had got to the foot of it, Piety said to +Christiana: This is the vale where Christian met with Apollyon and +where they had that fierce fight which I know you must have heard +of. But be of good cheer, as long as we have Mr. Great-heart to +guide us, there is nought here that will hurt us, save those sights +that spring from our own fears. And as to Apollyon, the good folk of +the town, who tell us that such a thing fell out in such a place, to +the hurt of such a one, think that some foul fiend haunts that +place, when lo! it is from the fruit of their own ill deeds that +such things do fall on them. For they that make slips must look for +frights. And hence it is that this vale has so bad a name. + +James:--See, there is a post with words on it, I will go and +read them. + +So he went, and found that these words were cut on it: Let the +slips which Christian met with ere he came here, and the fights +he had in this place, warn all those who come to the Vale of +Humiliation. + +Mr. Great-heart:--It is not so hard to go up as down this hill, +and that can be said of but few hills in this part of the world. +But we will leave the good man, he is at rest, and he had a brave +fight with the foe; let Him who dwells on high grant that we fare +no worse when our strength comes to be put to the test. This vale +brings forth much fruit. + +Now, as they went on, they met a boy who was clad in mean clothes +and kept watch on some sheep. He had a fine fresh face, and as he +sat on the bank he sang a song. + +Hark, said Great-heart, to the words of that boy's song. + +So they gave ear to it. + +"He that is down need fear no fall, He that is low, no pride, He +that is meek at all times shall Have God to be his guide." + +Then said Great-heart: Do you hear him? I dare say this boy leads +as gay a life as he that is clad in silk, and that he wears more +of that plant which they call heart's ease. + +Samuel:--Ask Great-heart in what part of this vale it was that +Apollyon came to fight Christian? + +Great-heart:--The fight took place at that part of the plain +which has the name of Forgetful Green. And if those who go on +their way, meet with a shock, it is when they lose sight of the +good which they have at the hand of Him who dwells on high. + +Mercy:--I think I feel as well in this place as I have done in +all the rest of our way. This vale has a sweet grace, and just +suits my mind; for I love to be in such a spot as this, where +there are no coach wheels to make a din. Here one may think a +while what he is, whence he came, and for what the King has made +him; here one may muse and pray. + +Just then they thought that the ground they trod on shook. But +the guide bade them be of good cheer, and look well to their +feet, lest by chance they should meet with some snare. + +Then James felt sick, but I think the cause of it was fear, and +Christiana gave him some of the wine which Mr. Interpreter had +put in her hands, and three of the pills which Mr. Skill had made +up, and the boy soon got well. + +They then went on a while, and Christiana said, What is that +thing on the road? A thing of such a shape I have not seen in all +my life! + +Joseph said, What is it? + +A vile thing, child, a vile thing! said she. + +Joseph:--But what is it like? + +Christiana:--It is like--I can't tell what. Just then it was far +off, now it is nigh. + +Great-heart:--Well, let them that have the most fear keep close +to me. + +Then it went out of sight of all of them. + +But they had not gone far when Mercy cast a look back, and saw a +great beast come fast up to them with a loud roar. + +This noise made them all quail with fright save their guide, who +fell back and put the rest in front of him. But when the brute +saw that Great-heart meant to fight him, he drew back and was +seen no more. + +Now they had not left the spot long when a great mist fell on +them, so that they could not see. + +What shall we do? said they. + +Their guide told them not to fear, but to stand still, and see +what an end he would put to this too. + +Then said Christiana to Mercy: Now I see what my poor dear +Christian went through; I have heard much of this place. Poor +man, he went here in the dead of the night, and no one with him; +but who can tell what the Valley of the Shadow of Death should +mean, till they come to see it? To be here fills my breast with +awe! + +Great-heart: It seems now as if the earth and its bars were round +us. I would not boast, but I trust we shall still make our way. +Come, let us pray for light to Him that can give it. + +So did they weep and pray. And as the path was now more smooth, +they went straight on. + +Mercy:--To be here is not so sweet as it was at The Gate, or at +Mr. Interpreter's, or at the good house where we were last. + +Oh, said one of the boys, it is not so bad to go through this +place as it is to dwell here for all time; for aught I know we +have to go this way that our last home may seem to us the more +blest. + +Great-heart:--Well said, Samuel; thou dost now speak like a man. + +Samuel:--Why, if I do in truth get out of this place, I think I +shall prize that which is light and good more than I have done +all my life. + +Great-heart:--We shall be out by and by. + +So on they went. + +Joseph:--Can we not see to the end of this vale yet? + +Great-heart:--Look to your feet, for you will soon be where the +snares are. + +So they took good heed. + +Great-heart:--Men come here and bring no guide with them; hence +it is they die from the snares they meet with in the way. Poor +Christian! it is strange he should have got out of this place, +and been safe. But God dwelt in his soul, and he had a stout +heart, of his own, or else he could not have done it. + +Christiana:--I wish that there were some inn here where we could +all take rest. + +I Well, said Mr. Honest--one whom they had just met--there is +such a place not far off. + +So there they went, and the host, whose name was Gaius, said: +Come in, for my house was built for none but such as you. + +Great-heart:--Good Gaius, let us sup. What have you for us to +eat? We have gone through great toils, and stand much in want of +food. + +Gaius:--It is too late for us to go out and seek food; but of +such as we have you shall eat. + +The meal was then spread, and near the end of the feast all sat +round the board to crack nuts, when old Honest said to Gaius, +Tell me what this verse means: + +A man there was, and some did count him mad; The more that this +man gave the more he had. + +Then all the youths gave a guess as to what Gaius would say to +it; so he sat still a while, and then said: + +He that gives his goods to the poor, Shall have as much and ten +times more. + +Joseph:--I did not think, Sir, that you would have found it out. + +Gaius:--Ah! I have learnt of my Lord to be kind, and I find I +gain by it. + +Then Samuel said in a low tone to Christiana, This is a good +man's house; let us make a long stay, and why should not Matthew +wed Mercy here? + +When Gaius heard him say this, quoth he: With all my heart. And +he gave Mercy to Matthew to wife. + +By this time Christiana's son James had come of age, and Gaius +gave Phebe (who was his child) to be his wife. They spent ten +days at the house of Gaius, and then took their leave. But on the +last day he made them a feast, of which they all ate and drank. + +Great-heart:--Now, Gaius, the hour has come that we must be +gone; so tell me what I owe you for this long stay at your inn, +for we have been here some years. + +Gaius:--At my house no one pays; for the good Samaritan told me +that I was to look to him for all the cost I was put to. They now +took leave of him and went on their way, when they met with all +kinds of frights and fears, till they came to a place which bore +the name of Vanity Fair. There they went to the house of Mr. +Mnason, who said to his guests: If there be a thing that you +stand in need of, do but say so, and we will do what we can to +get it for you. + +Well, then, said they, we should like much to see some of the +good folk in this town. + +So Mnason gave a stamp with his foot, at which Grace came up, and +he sent her to fetch some of his friends who were in the house, +and they all sat down to a meal. + +Then said Mr. Mnason, as he held out his hand to point to +Christiana: My friends, I have guests here who are on their way +to Zion. But who do you think this is? This is the wife of +Christian whom (with his friend Faithful) the men of this town +did treat so ill. + +Well, said they, go who would have thought to meet Christiana at +this place! May The King whom you love and serve bring you where +He is, in peace! + +They then told her that the blood of Faithful had lain like a, +load on their hearts; and that since, they had burnt him no more +men had been sent to the Stake at Vanity Fair. In those days, +said they, good men could not walk the streets, but now they can +show their heads. + +Christiana and her sons and Mercy made this place their home for +some years, and in course of time Mr. Mnason, who had a wife and +two girls, gave his first born, whose name was Grace, to Samuel +to wife, and Martha to Joseph. + +Now, one day, a huge snake came out of the woods and slew some of +the folk of the town. None of these were so bold as to dare to +face him, but all fled when they heard that he came near, for he +took off the babes by scores. + +But Great-heart and the rest of the men who were at Mr. Mnason's +house, made up their minds to kill this snake, and so rid the +town of him. So they went forth to meet him, and at first the +snake did not seem to heed them; but as they were strong men at +arms, they drove him back. Then they lay in wait for him, and +fell on him, till at last they knew he must die of his wounds. By +this deed Mr. Great-heart and the rest won the good will of the +whole town. + +The time now drew near for them to go on their way. Mr. +Great-heart went first as their guide; and I saw in my dream that +they came to the stream on this side of The Delectable Mountains, +where fine trees grew on each bank, the leaves of which were good +for the health, and the fields were green all the year round; and +here they might lie down and be safe. Here, too, there were folds +for sheep, and a house was built in which to rear the lambs, and +there was One who kept watch on them, who would take them in His +arms and lay them in His breast. + +Now Christiana bade the four young wives place their babes by the +side of this stream, so that they might lack nought in time to +come. For, said she, if they should stray or be lost, He will +bring them back; He will give strength, to the sick, and here +they shall not want meat, drink, or clothes. So they left their +young ones to Him. + +When they went to By-Path Meadow they sat on the stile to which +Christian had gone with Hopeful, when Giant Despair shut the two +up in Doubting Castle. They sat down to think what would be the +best thing to do, now that they were so strong a force, and had +such a man as Mr. Great-heart to guide them; to wit, if it would +not be well to pull down Doubting Castle, and should there be +poor souls shut up there who were on their way to The Celestial +City, to set them free. One said this thing and one said that; at +last quoth Mr. Great-heart: We are told in the book of God's Word, +that we are to fight the good fight. And, I pray, with whom +should we fight if not with Giant Despair? So who will go with +me? + +Christiana's four sons said: We will; for they were young and +strong; so they left their wives and went. + +When they gave their knock at the gate, Giant Despair and his +wife Diffidence, came to them. + +Giant Despair:--Who and what is he that is so bold as to come to +the gate of Giant Despair? + +Great-heart:--It is I, a guide to those who are on their way to +Zion. And I charge thee to throw wide thy gates and stand forth, +for I am come to slay thee and pull down thy house. + +Giant Despair:--What, shall such as Great-heart make me fear? +No! + +So he put a cap of steel on his head, and with a breast plate of +fire, and a club in his hand, he came out to fight his foes. + +Then these six men made up to him, and they fought for their +lives, till Despair was brought to the ground and put to death by +Great-heart. Next they fell on his house, but it took six days to +pull it down. They found there Mr. Despondency and one +Much-afraid, his child, and set them free. + +Then they all went onto The Delectable Mountains. They made +friends with the men that kept watch on their flocks, who were as +kind to them as they had been to Christian and Hopeful. + +You have brought a good train with you, said they. Pray, where +did you find them? + +So their guide told them how it had come to pass. + +By and by they got to The Enchanted Ground, where the air makes +men sleep. Now they had not gone far, when a thick mist fell on +them, so that for a while they could not see; and as they could +not walk by sight, they kept near their guide by the help of +words. But one fell in a bush, while one stuck fast in the mud, +and some of the young ones lost their shoes in the mire. Oh, I am +down! said one. Where are you? cried the next; while a third +said, I am held fast in the bush! + +Then they came to a bench, Slothful's Friend by name, which had +shrubs and plants round it, to screen those who sat there from +the sun. But Christiana and the rest gave such good heed to what +their guide told them, that though they were worn out with toil, +yet there was not one of them that had so much as a wish to stop +there; for they knew that it would he death to sleep but for a +short time on The Enchanted Ground. + +Now as it was still dark, their guide struck a light that he +might look at his map (the book of God's Word); and had he not +done so, they would all have been lost, for just at the end of +the road was a pit, full of mud, and no one can tell how deep. + +Then thought I: Who is there but would have one of these maps or +books in which he may look when he is in doubt, and knows not +which way he should take? + +They soon came to a bench, on which sat two men, Heedless and +Too-bold; and Christiana and the rest shook their heads for they +saw that these men were in a bad case. They knew not what they +ought to do: to go on and leave them in their sleep, or to try to +wake them. Now the guide spoke to them by name; but not a sound +could he hear from their lips. So Great-heart at last shook them, +and did all he could to wake them. + +One of the two, whose name was Heedless, said, Nay: I will pay +you when I get in my debts. + +At this the guide shook his head. + +Then Too-bold spoke out: I will fight as long as I can hold my +sword. + +When he had said this all who stood round gave a laugh. + +Christiana:--'What does this mean? + +Great-heart:--They talk in their sleep. If you strike or shake +them, they will still talk in the same way, for their sleep is +like that of the man on the mast of a ship, when the waves of the +sea beat on him. + +Then did Christiana, Mercy and their train go on with fear, and +they sought from their guide a light for the rest of the way. + +But as the poor babes' cries were loud for want of rest, all fell +on their knees to pray for help. And, by the time that they had +gone but a short way, a wind sprang up which drove off the fog; +so, now that the air was clear, they made their way. + +Then they came to the land of Beulah, where the sun shines night +and day. Here they took some rest, and ate of the fruit that hung +from the boughs round them. But all the sleep that they could +wish for in such a land as this was but for a short space of +time; for the bells rang to such sweet tunes, and such a blaze of +lights burst on their eyes, that they soon rose to walk to and +fro on this bright way, where no base feet dare to tread. + +And now they heard shouts rise up, for there was a noise in the +town that a post was come from The Celestial City with words of +great joy for Christiana, the wife of Christian. So search was +made for her, and the house was found in which she was. + +Then the post put a note in her hands, the words of which were: +Hail, good Christiana! I bring thee word that the Lord calls for +thee, to stand near His throne in robes of white, in ten days' +time. + +When he who brought the note had read it to her, he gave her a +sign that they were words of truth and love, and said he had come +to bid her make haste to be gone. The sign was a shaft with a +sharp point, which was to tell her, that at the time the note +spoke of, she must die. + +Christiana heard with joy that her toils would so soon he at an +end, and that she should once more live with her dear Christian. + +She then sent for her sons and their wives to come to her. To +these she gave words of good cheer. She told them how glad she +was to have them near her at such a time. She sought, too, to +make her own death, now close at hand, of use to them, from this +time up to the hour when they should each of them have to quit +this world. Her hope was that it might help guide them on their +path; that the Faith which she had taught them to cling to, would +have sunk deep in their hearts; and that all their works should +spring from love to God. She could but pray that they would bear +these words in mind, and put their whole trust in Him who had +borne their sins on the Cross, and had been slain to save them. + +When the day came that she must go forth to the world of love and +truth, the road was full of those who would fain see her start on +her way; and the last words that she was heard to say were: I +come, Lord, to be with Thee. + +THE END. + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Pilgrim's Progess in Words of One +Syllable, by Mary Godolphin + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PILGRIMS PROGRESS/ONE SYLLABLE *** + +This file should be named pilos10.txt or pilos10.zip +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, pilos11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, pilos10a.txt + +This eBook was produced by Bruce W. Miller + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* + diff --git a/old/pilos10.zip b/old/pilos10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b0bbc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/pilos10.zip |